1 #LyX 2.0 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
7 % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
9 % This preamble is designed to ensure that the User's Guide prints
10 % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
11 % parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you
12 % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
13 % the documentation team
14 % email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
16 \usepackage{ifpdf} % part of the hyperref bundle
17 \ifpdf % if pdflatex is used
19 % set fonts for nicer pdf view
20 \IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{}
22 \fi % end if pdflatex is used
24 % for correct jump positions whe clicking on a link to a float
25 \usepackage[figure]{hypcap}
27 % the pages of the TOC is numbered roman
28 % and a pdf-bookmark for the TOC is added
29 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
30 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
32 \pdfbookmark[1]{\contentsname}{}
36 % define a short command for \textvisiblespace
37 \newcommand{\spce}{\textvisiblespace}
39 % macro for italic page numbers in the index
40 \newcommand{\IndexDef}[1]{\textit{#1}}
42 % for customized page headers/footers
43 % only needed because they are only used in one section of the document
45 % change header rule width
46 \renewcommand{\headrulewidth}{2pt}
48 % workaround for a makeindex bug,
49 % see sec. "Index Entry Order"
50 % only uncomment this when you are using makindex
52 %\renewcommand*{\index}[1]{\OrgIndex{#1}}
54 \options intoc,bibliography=totoc,index=totoc,BCOR7.5mm,captions=tableheading
55 \use_default_options false
60 \maintain_unincluded_children false
62 \language_package default
67 \font_typewriter default
68 \font_default_family default
69 \use_non_tex_fonts false
76 \default_output_format default
78 \bibtex_command default
79 \index_command default
83 \pdf_title "The LyX User's Guide"
84 \pdf_author "LyX Team"
88 \pdf_bookmarksnumbered true
89 \pdf_bookmarksopen false
90 \pdf_bookmarksopenlevel 1
95 \pdf_pdfusetitle false
96 \pdf_quoted_options "linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue, pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true, pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false"
106 \paperorientation portrait
109 \notefontcolor #0000ff
126 \paragraph_separation indent
127 \paragraph_indentation default
128 \quotes_language english
131 \paperpagestyle default
132 \tracking_changes false
133 \output_changes false
151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
153 If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX Documenta
155 \begin_inset CommandInset href
157 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org"
168 \begin_inset Newline newline
172 \begin_inset Newline newline
176 \begin_inset Note Note
179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
180 The latest PDF-version of this document can be found here:
181 \begin_inset Newline newline
186 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/DocumentationDevelopment#UserGuide
194 \begin_layout Standard
195 \begin_inset CommandInset toc
196 LatexCommand tableofcontents
203 \begin_layout Chapter
207 \begin_layout Section
211 \begin_layout Standard
212 LyX is a document preparation system.
213 It is a tool for producing beautiful manuscripts, publishable books, business
214 letters and proposals, and even poetry.
215 It is unlike most other
216 \begin_inset Quotes eld
220 \begin_inset Quotes erd
223 in the sense that it uses the paradigm of a markup language as its core
225 That means that when you type a section header, you mark it as a
226 \begin_inset Quotes eld
230 \begin_inset Quotes erd
234 \begin_inset Quotes eld
238 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
241 pt type, left justified, 5
242 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
246 \begin_inset Quotes erd
250 LyX takes care of the typesetting for you, so you deal only with concepts,
254 \begin_layout Standard
255 This philosophy is explained in much greater detail in the
258 \begin_inset Quotes eld
262 \begin_inset Quotes erd
268 If you haven't read it yet, you need to.
272 \begin_layout Standard
274 \begin_inset Quotes eld
282 \begin_inset Quotes erd
285 describes several things in addition to LyX's philosophy: most importantly,
286 the format of all of the manuals.
287 If you don't read it, you'll have a bear of a time navigating this manual.
288 You might also be better served looking in one of the other manuals instead
291 \begin_inset Quotes eld
299 \begin_inset Quotes erd
305 \begin_layout Section
309 \begin_layout Standard
310 Like most applications, LyX has the familiar menu bar across the top of
312 Below it is a toolbar with a pulldown box and various buttons.
313 There is, of course, a vertical scrollbar and a main work area for editing
317 \begin_layout Standard
318 Note that there is no horizontal scrollbar.
319 This is not a bug or an oversight, but intentional.
320 When you read a book, you expect the end of a line to wrap around to the
322 Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion, hence the need for
323 only a vertical scrollbar.
324 There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar.
325 The first case is large figures, displayed WYSIWYG\SpecialChar \@.
326 This, however, is due
327 to a flaw in the routine that displays graphics on the LyX screen in a
328 WYSIWYG fashion; it should rescale the graphics to fit in the window, just
329 as you'd need to rescale graphics to fit on a page.
330 The second and third cases are tables and equations which are wider than
332 You can use the arrow keys to scroll horizontally through the table, but
333 this doesn't work for equations yet.
336 \begin_layout Standard
337 For a brief description of all LyX menus and toolbar buttons, have a look
343 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
345 reference "cha:The-User-Interface"
350 Most of them are self-explanatory and you'll find them listed in the correspond
351 ing sections of this documentation.
354 \begin_layout Section
358 \begin_layout Standard
359 The help system consists of the LyX manuals.
364 of the manuals from inside LyX.
365 Just select the manual you want read from the
372 \begin_layout Section
374 \begin_inset CommandInset label
376 name "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
383 \begin_layout Standard
384 There are several features of LyX that can be configured from inside LyX,
385 without resorting to configuration files.
386 First, LyX is able to inspect your system to see what programs, LaTeX document
387 classes and LaTeX packages are available.
388 It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults to several
393 \begin_inset Index idx
396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
403 Although this configuration has already been done when LyX was installed
404 on your system, you might have some items that you installed locally, e.
405 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
409 \begin_inset space \space{}
412 new LaTeX classes, and which are not seen by LyX.
413 To force LyX to re-inspect your system, you should use
415 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
419 \begin_inset Index idx
422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
423 Reconfiguration of LyX
428 You should then restart LyX to ensure that the changes are taken into account.
431 \begin_layout Section
433 \begin_inset CommandInset label
435 name "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
442 \begin_layout Standard
443 You can edit documents in LyX without having LaTeX installed, but you will
444 not to able to create PDFs or print your documents unless you do have it
446 However, some LyX documents use DocBook as the `backend' that can produce
447 PDFs and the like, and every LyX document can always be output as plain
451 \begin_layout Standard
452 Some document classes may depend upon specific LaTeX or DocBook classes
454 Such document classes can be used even if you do not have the required
455 files installed, but you will not be able to produce certain kinds of output.
458 \begin_layout Standard
459 The LaTeX packages that LyX has found on your system are listed in a file
460 you can view from the menu
462 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
481 If you are missing packages you need, then you must install them and then
482 reconfigure LyX (menu
484 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
488 \begin_inset Note Note
491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
492 The two braces in the TeX Code box prevent that the term
493 \begin_inset Quotes eld
497 \begin_inset Quotes erd
500 from being printed with sub- and superscript letters.
501 More about TeX Code is described in section
506 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
508 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
512 , the printout of proper names like LaTeX is explained in section
517 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
519 reference "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
529 \begin_inset Index idx
532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
533 Reconfiguration of LyX
538 See section 5.1 of the
542 manual for more information on installing additional LaTeX packages.
545 \begin_layout Chapter
549 \begin_layout Section
550 Basic File Operations
551 \begin_inset Index idx
554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
563 \begin_layout Standard
568 menu and in the standard toolbar are basic operations for any word processor
569 in addition to some more advanced operations:
572 \begin_layout Itemize
584 \begin_layout Itemize
602 \begin_layout Itemize
614 \begin_layout Itemize
620 \begin_layout Itemize
632 \begin_layout Itemize
642 \begin_layout Itemize
656 \begin_layout Itemize
666 \begin_layout Itemize
672 \begin_layout Itemize
678 \begin_layout Itemize
684 arg "dialog-show print"
690 \begin_layout Itemize
696 \begin_layout Standard
697 They all do pretty much the same thing as in other word processors, with
698 a few minor differences.
701 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
716 command not only prompts you for a name for the new file, but also prompts
717 you for a template to use.
718 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
719 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
720 They can be of use for certain classes, especially those for writing letters
726 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
728 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
735 \begin_layout Standard
736 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
739 \begin_layout Plain Layout
745 \begin_inset Quotes eld
749 \begin_inset Quotes erd
753 \begin_inset Quotes eld
757 \begin_inset Quotes erd
761 \begin_inset Quotes eld
765 \begin_inset Quotes erd
768 Unless you tell LyX to open a file or create a new one, that big, blank
769 space is just that — a big, blank space.
777 \begin_layout Standard
798 are useful if more people work on the same document at the same time
802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
803 If you plan to do this, you should check out the Version Control feature
828 will reload the document from disk.
829 You can of course also use it if you regret that you changed a document
830 and want to restore it to the last save.
839 you can there register the changes you made to a document so that others
840 can identify them as your changes.
843 \begin_layout Section
844 Basic Editing Features
845 \begin_inset Index idx
848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
855 \begin_inset CommandInset label
857 name "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
864 \begin_layout Standard
865 Like most modern word processors, LyX can perform cut and paste operations
866 on blocks of text, can move by character, word, or page of text, and can
867 delete whole words as well as individual characters.
868 The next four sections cover the basic LyX editing features and how to
870 We'll start with cut and paste.
873 \begin_layout Standard
874 As you might expect, the
878 menu and the standard toolbar has the cut and paste commands, along with
879 various other editing features.
880 Some of these are special and covered in later sections.
884 \begin_layout Itemize
898 \begin_layout Itemize
912 \begin_layout Itemize
926 \begin_layout Itemize
936 \begin_layout Itemize
946 \begin_layout Itemize
962 arg "dialog-show findreplace"
968 \begin_layout Standard
969 The first three are self-explanatory.
970 One thing to note: whenever you delete a block of text that you've selected,
971 it's automatically placed in the clipboard.
980 keys also function as the
985 Also, if you've selected text, be careful: If you hit a key, LyX will completel
986 y delete the selected text and replace it with what you just typed.
991 to get back the lost text.
994 \begin_layout Standard
995 \begin_inset Index idx
998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1004 You can also copy text between LyX and other programs by cut, copy and paste.
1008 \begin_inset space ~
1013 shows you a list with the last strings you have pasted.
1016 \begin_layout Standard
1019 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1021 \begin_inset space ~
1024 Special\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1026 \begin_inset space ~
1030 \begin_inset space ~
1035 will insert the text in the clipboard so that the whole text is inserted
1041 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
1045 \begin_inset space ~
1050 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
1051 will start a new paragraph.
1054 \begin_layout Standard
1055 \begin_inset Index idx
1058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1065 \begin_inset Index idx
1068 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1076 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1078 \begin_inset space ~
1082 \begin_inset space ~
1090 \begin_inset space ~
1094 \begin_inset space ~
1100 Once you have found a word or expression, LyX selects it.
1105 button replaces the selected text with the contents of the
1108 \begin_inset space ~
1117 \begin_inset space ~
1122 button to skip the current word.
1126 \begin_inset space ~
1131 to replace all occurrences of the text in the document automatically.
1135 \begin_inset space ~
1140 option can be used if you want the search to consider the case of the search
1142 If the toggle is set, searching for
1143 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1151 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1154 will not match the word
1155 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1163 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1169 Match whole words only
1171 option can be used to force LyX to only find complete words, e.
1172 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1176 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1184 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1188 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1196 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1200 LyX offers also an advanced
1203 \begin_inset space ~
1207 \begin_inset space ~
1212 feature that is described in sec.
1213 \begin_inset space ~
1217 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1219 reference "sec:Advanced-Find-and"
1226 \begin_layout Standard
1227 Things like notes, floats, etc., the so called insets can be dissolved.
1228 This means that the inset is deleted and its content is left as normal
1230 Dissolving an inset is done by setting the cursor to the beginning of an
1235 or by setting the cursor to the end and pressing
1242 \begin_layout Section
1244 \begin_inset Index idx
1247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1254 \begin_inset Index idx
1257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1264 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1266 name "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
1273 \begin_layout Standard
1274 If you make a mistake, you can easily recover from it.
1275 LyX has a large-capacity undo/redo buffer.
1278 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1281 or the toolbar button
1287 to undo some mistake.
1288 If you accidentally undo too much, use
1290 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1293 or the toolbar button
1300 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1304 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1307 The undo mechanism is currently limited to 100
1308 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1311 steps to minimize memory overhead.
1314 \begin_layout Standard
1315 Note that if you revert back all changes to arrive to the document as it
1317 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1321 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1324 status of the document is unfortunately not reset.
1325 This is a consequence of the 100
1326 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1329 step undo limit, above.
1332 \begin_layout Standard
1341 work on almost everything in LyX.
1342 But they won't undo or redo text character by character, but by blocks
1346 \begin_layout Section
1348 \begin_inset Index idx
1351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1360 \begin_layout Standard
1361 These are the most basic mouse operations.
1364 \begin_layout Enumerate
1369 \begin_layout Itemize
1374 once anywhere in the edit window.
1375 The cursor moves to the text under the mouse.
1379 \begin_layout Enumerate
1384 \begin_layout Itemize
1390 LyX marks the text between the old and new mouse positions.
1393 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1396 to create a copy of the text in LyX's buffer (and the clipboard).
1399 \begin_layout Itemize
1400 Re-position the cursor and then paste the text back into LyX using
1402 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1409 \begin_layout Enumerate
1410 Insets (Footnotes, Notes, Floats, etc.)
1414 \begin_layout Standard
1415 Right-click on them to set their properties.
1416 Also check the appropriate section of this manual for more details.
1420 \begin_layout Enumerate
1425 \begin_layout Standard
1430 the right mouse button to open a dialog that will allow you to manipulate
1435 \begin_layout Section
1437 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1439 name "sec:Navigating"
1444 \begin_inset Index idx
1447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1456 \begin_layout Standard
1457 LyX offers you several ways to navigate in documents:
1460 \begin_layout Itemize
1465 menu lists all sections of the document as submenu entries that you can
1466 click to jump to the corresponding document part.
1469 \begin_layout Itemize
1470 The `Outline', which is accessed either by the menu
1472 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1475 or by the toolbar button
1478 arg "dialog-toggle toc"
1484 \begin_layout Itemize
1485 You can set bookmarks in your document under
1487 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1490 and use the same menu to return to them.
1491 Note that bookmarks are saved between sessions.
1494 \begin_layout Standard
1498 arg "bookmark-goto 0"
1503 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1504 Bookmarks\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1507 ) jumps to the position in the document where you recently changed something.
1508 This is useful when you have a large document and have navigated or scrolled
1509 to another document part to look for something, and want to go back to
1510 your last editing position.
1513 \begin_layout Subsection
1517 \begin_layout Standard
1518 The Outline was known in earlier versions of LyX as the
1519 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1523 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1526 , since its original purpose was to display the document's table of contents.
1527 The Outline has become much more powerful now, however.
1528 In the pull-down box at the top of the outline window, you can choose between
1529 several different lists, including other TOC-like objects, such as lists
1530 of tables and figures, but also lists of footnotes, or labels and cross-referen
1532 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1533 LatexCommand formatted
1534 reference "sec:Cross-References"
1538 ), or notes, or citations (see
1539 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1540 LatexCommand formatted
1541 reference "sec:Bibliography"
1546 Clicking on any of these will take you to the corresponding object in your
1548 The Outline has become much more powerful now, however.
1549 In the pull-down box at the top of the outline window, you can choose between
1550 several different lists, including other TOC-like objects, such as lists
1551 of tables and figures, but also lists of footnotes, or labels and cross-referen
1553 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1554 LatexCommand formatted
1555 reference "sec:Cross-References"
1559 ), or notes, or of citations (see
1560 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1561 LatexCommand formatted
1562 reference "sec:Bibliography"
1567 Clicking on any of these will take you to the corresponding object in your
1571 \begin_layout Standard
1572 Right-clicking on elements in the Outline will in many cases open a context
1573 menu that will allow for direct modification of those elements.
1574 For example, with citations, the context menu allows you to open the citation
1575 dialog and to modify the citation.
1576 Right-clicking a change will allow you to accept or reject it.
1580 \begin_layout Standard
1581 The `Filter' field at the top allows you to restrict which entries appear
1583 For example, if you are displaying the list of Labels and References and
1584 wish to see only references to subsections, you can enter the text
1585 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1589 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1592 in the filter, and only entries containing that text will be displayed.
1595 \begin_layout Standard
1596 At the bottom of the outline are several buttons and the like that allow
1597 you further to control the display.
1602 option sorts the current list alphabetically.
1603 Otherwise, the elements appear in the order in which they occur in the
1608 option keeps it in the current view state.
1609 Keeping means that when you have e.
1610 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1614 \begin_inset space \space{}
1617 the subsections of section
1618 \begin_inset space ~
1621 2 and 4 shown and click on section
1622 \begin_inset space ~
1625 3, the subsections of section
1626 \begin_inset space ~
1629 2 and 4 will still be shown.
1634 option they will be hidden to highlight the clicked section
1635 \begin_inset space ~
1639 Finally, the slider at the left can be used to open the Outline to a given
1641 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1645 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1649 It is best just to experiment with it to see how it works.
1652 \begin_layout Standard
1654 \begin_inset space ~
1658 \begin_inset Graphics
1659 filename ../images/reload.png
1664 \begin_inset space ~
1667 button refreshes the TOC (though this should not usually be necessary).
1668 Next to it are buttons that allow you to change the position of sections
1671 \begin_inset space \space{}
1675 \begin_inset Graphics
1676 filename ../images/down.png
1678 groupId toolbarbuttons
1683 \begin_inset space ~
1687 \begin_inset space \space{}
1691 \begin_inset Graphics
1692 filename ../images/up.png
1694 groupId toolbarbuttons
1699 \begin_inset space ~
1702 buttons move sections up and down in the document.
1703 So, for example, you can move section
1704 \begin_inset space ~
1708 \begin_inset space ~
1711 2.4 or after section
1712 \begin_inset space ~
1716 LyX will then automatically renumber the sections to the new order.
1718 \begin_inset Graphics
1719 filename ../images/promote.png
1721 groupId toolbarbuttons
1726 \begin_inset Graphics
1727 filename ../images/demote.png
1729 groupId toolbarbuttons
1733 (or the corresponding key bindings
1741 ) you can change the level of sections.
1742 So you can for example make section
1743 \begin_inset space ~
1747 \begin_inset space ~
1751 \begin_inset space ~
1757 \begin_layout Section
1758 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1760 name "sec:Input-Completion"
1765 \begin_inset Index idx
1768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1775 \begin_inset Index idx
1778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1806 Input / Word Completion
1809 \begin_layout Standard
1810 LyX provides completion of words by scanning all documents that are currently
1812 Every word that appears in these documents is added to a database that
1813 is used to propose completions.
1816 \begin_layout Standard
1817 By default LyX shows a small triangle behind the cursor as indicator that
1818 there are completions available.
1819 You can then press the
1823 key to use this completion.
1824 When several completions are possible, a popup is opened showing them.
1825 You can select a completion in the popup using the mouse or the arrow keys,
1826 and accept the chosen completion be pressing
1833 \begin_layout Standard
1834 In the preferences dialog, which is opened with the menu
1836 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1839 , the cursor completion indicator can be turned off in the section
1841 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1844 by deselecting the option
1851 Automatic inline completion
1853 the proposed completion is shown directly behind the cursor position.
1854 To accept this proposal, use the
1863 the completions are always shown in a popup.
1864 LyX offers some more completion settings for experts that are described
1866 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1870 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1872 reference "sub:Input-Completion-Appendix"
1879 \begin_layout Section
1881 \begin_inset Index idx
1884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1891 \begin_inset Index idx
1894 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1910 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1923 \begin_inset Index idx
1926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1931 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1942 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1957 \begin_layout Standard
1958 There are at least two different primary binding maps: CUA and Emacs.
1959 LyX's default is CUA.
1962 \begin_layout Standard
1966 \begin_inset space ~
1974 \begin_inset space ~
1995 , do exactly what you expect them to do.
1999 \begin_layout Labeling
2000 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2004 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2005 LatexCommand nomenclature
2007 description "Tabulator key"
2013 There is no such thing as a tab stop in LyX.
2014 If you don't understand this, go read sections
2015 \begin_inset space ~
2019 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2021 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
2026 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2028 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
2032 , especially section
2033 \begin_inset space ~
2037 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2039 reference "sub:Lists"
2045 If you're still confused, look in the
2052 \begin_layout Labeling
2053 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2057 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2058 LatexCommand nomenclature
2060 description "Escape key"
2067 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2071 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2074 It's used, generically, to cancel operations.
2075 Other parts of the manual will go into greater detail about this.
2078 \begin_layout Labeling
2079 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2085 \begin_inset space ~
2089 \begin_inset space ~
2096 These move the cursor, respectively, to the beginning and end of a line,
2097 unless you are using the Emacs bindings where they jump to the beginning
2101 \begin_layout Standard
2102 There are three modifier keys:
2105 \begin_layout Labeling
2106 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2112 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2120 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2124 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2125 LatexCommand nomenclature
2127 description "Control key"
2131 in the documentation files) This has a couple of different uses, depending
2132 on which keys it's used in combination with:
2136 \begin_layout Itemize
2145 , it deletes an entire word instead of a single character.
2148 \begin_layout Itemize
2157 , it moves by words instead of characters.
2160 \begin_layout Itemize
2169 , it moves to the beginning and the end of the document, respectively.
2173 \begin_layout Labeling
2174 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2180 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2188 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2192 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2193 LatexCommand nomenclature
2195 description "Shift key"
2199 in the documentation files) Use this with any of the motion keys to select
2200 the text between the old and new cursor positions.
2203 \begin_layout Labeling
2204 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2210 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2218 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2222 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2223 LatexCommand nomenclature
2225 description "Alt or Meta key"
2229 in the documentation files) This is the Alt key on many keyboards, unless
2230 your keyboard has a distinct Meta key.
2231 If you have both keys, you will need to try out which one actually performs
2237 This key does many different things, but it also activates the
2239 menu accelerator keys
2242 If you use this in combination with any of the underlined letters in a
2243 menu or menu item, it selects that menu item.
2247 \begin_layout Standard
2248 For example, the sequence
2249 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2255 \begin_inset space ~
2259 \begin_inset space ~
2265 \begin_inset space ~
2273 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2277 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2281 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2286 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2292 \begin_inset space ~
2298 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2308 \begin_layout Standard
2313 manual lists all other things bound to the
2321 \begin_layout Standard
2322 You'll learn more and more key bindings and short-cut keys as you use LyX,
2323 because most actions will prompt a small message in the status bar at the
2324 bottom of LyX's main window which describe the name of the action, you've
2325 just triggered, and any existing key bindings for that action.
2326 The LyX menus also list the defined key bindings.
2327 The notation for the key bindings is very similar to the notation used
2328 in this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding
2330 However, notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so
2331 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2339 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2346 followed by a capital
2353 \begin_layout Standard
2354 You can list or change the key bindings in the menu
2356 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2361 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2364 as explained in sec.
2365 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
2369 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2371 reference "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
2378 \begin_layout Chapter
2380 \begin_inset Index idx
2383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2392 \begin_layout Section
2394 \begin_inset Index idx
2397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2406 \begin_layout Subsection
2410 \begin_layout Standard
2411 Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you
2412 need to decide what type of document you want to edit.
2413 Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings,
2414 numbering schemes, and so on.
2415 Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments,
2416 and format the title of your document differently.
2419 \begin_layout Standard
2424 describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents.
2425 By setting the document class, you automatically select these properties,
2426 making it easier to create the type of document you want.
2427 If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default.
2428 So it is up to you to change the class of your document.
2431 \begin_layout Standard
2432 Read on for info about the document classes you can choose from LyX, and
2433 how to adjust their properties.
2436 \begin_layout Subsection
2438 \begin_inset Index idx
2441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2448 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2450 name "sec:Document-Classes"
2457 \begin_layout Standard
2458 You can select a class using the
2460 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2461 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2465 \begin_inset Index idx
2468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2475 Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options
2479 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2483 \begin_layout Standard
2484 There are four standard document classes in LyX.
2488 \begin_layout Description
2489 Article for basic articles
2492 \begin_layout Description
2493 Report for basic reports
2496 \begin_layout Description
2497 Book for writing a book
2500 \begin_layout Description
2501 Letter for US-style letters
2504 \begin_layout Standard
2505 There are also some non-standard classes, which LyX only uses if you have
2506 installed the corresponding LaTeX class files, though most LaTeX distributions
2507 will include many of these.
2508 Here are some of the classes.
2509 The full list with detailed explanations can be found in chapter
2511 Special Document Classes
2520 \begin_layout Description
2521 A&A Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysics
2524 \begin_layout Description
2525 ACS For submissions to the journals published by the American Chemistry
2529 \begin_layout Description
2530 AGU For submissions to the journals published by the American Geophysical
2534 \begin_layout Description
2535 AMS Layouts for articles and books in the style and format used by the American
2536 Mathematical Society (AMS).
2537 There are three article layouts available.
2538 The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems etc., that
2539 prepends the section number to the number of the result.
2540 All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced
2541 together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence.
2543 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2546 sequential numbering
2547 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2550 scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers
2551 them throughout the article in a single sequence.
2552 Each type of result gets its own sequence.
2553 There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether.
2556 \begin_layout Description
2557 Beamer Layout for presentations
2560 \begin_layout Description
2561 Broadway Layout for writing plays.
2562 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2566 \begin_layout Description
2567 Chess Layout to write about chess games
2570 \begin_layout Description
2572 \begin_inset space ~
2575 vitae classes to create curriculum vitae
2578 \begin_layout Description
2579 Elsarticle Layout for journals of the Elsevier publishing group
2582 \begin_layout Description
2583 Foils Used to make transparencies
2586 \begin_layout Description
2587 Hollywood Used to type spec scripts for the US film industry.
2588 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2592 \begin_layout Description
2593 IEEEtran Layout for the journals published by the Institute of Electrical
2594 and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)
2597 \begin_layout Description
2598 IOP Layout for journals of the Institute of Physics publishing group
2601 \begin_layout Description
2602 Kluwer Layout for journals of the Kluwer publishing group
2605 \begin_layout Description
2606 KOMA-Script a replacement for the standard classes, offers many useful features
2607 like caption formatting, automatic print space calculation etc.
2608 (Is used by this document.)
2611 \begin_layout Description
2612 Memoir another replacement for the standard classes
2615 \begin_layout Description
2616 Powerdot Layout for presentations
2619 \begin_layout Description
2624 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2631 X is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical
2632 Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society
2634 This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features.
2637 \begin_layout Description
2638 Slides Used to make transparencies
2641 \begin_layout Description
2643 \begin_inset space ~
2646 Proceedings Layout for the journals published by The International Society
2647 for Optical Engineering (SPIE)
2650 \begin_layout Description
2651 Springer Layouts for journals of the Springer publishing group
2654 \begin_layout Standard
2655 We won't go into any detail about how to use these different document classes
2657 You can find all the details about the non-standard classes in Chapter
2663 Here, we will settle with a list of some of the common properties of all
2664 of the document classes.
2667 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2671 \begin_layout Standard
2672 You will probably find that many of the document classes listed under
2674 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2675 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2677 \begin_inset Index idx
2680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2689 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2693 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2697 If you open a document that uses such a class, you will receive a warning
2698 saying that there are files that are required to produce output that are
2700 So it may seem that something is wrong.
2703 \begin_layout Standard
2705 LyX includes many more document classes than you will ever need to use,
2706 and some of them, like
2710 , are highly specialized.
2711 LyX tries to support as many different types of documents as possible,
2712 and it includes almost one hundred different layout files, with a growing
2714 No LaTeX distribution will install by default all files that might be needed
2715 by some document class.
2716 There are just too many of them.
2717 That is why some of the document classes are unavailable.
2720 \begin_layout Standard
2721 If there is a document class you would like to use that is marked as
2722 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2726 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2729 , you just need to install the appropriate package files.
2730 The easiest way to find out which files you need to install is to use that
2731 document class for a new file.
2732 LyX will display a dialog that will list the missing files.
2734 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2737 Installing new LaTeX files
2738 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2745 manual for information on how to install them.
2746 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
2752 \begin_layout Standard
2753 Although LyX provides support for many different sorts of documents, it
2754 does not include support for every document class people might want to
2756 For example, many universities provide LaTeX class files to be used for
2757 dissertations submitted to those universities.
2758 The LyX team cannot write layout files to support every one of these.
2760 Fortunately, users can write their own layout files, and many users have
2763 \begin_inset space ~
2770 manual contains information on how to create layout files.
2773 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2775 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2782 \begin_inset Index idx
2785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2794 \begin_layout Standard
2795 Modules load additional features that are not by default available in the
2796 chosen document class.
2797 For example you might want to write Braille (embossed printing) in a document.
2798 This is not available in any document class, so you have to load the correspond
2805 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2809 \begin_inset Index idx
2812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2819 Highlighting a module in the dialog will bring up a description of what
2823 \begin_layout Standard
2824 Some modules require LaTeX packages or file format converters that are not
2825 always installed by default.
2826 LyX will warn you if you do not have a needed package or converter, and
2827 it will tell you what exactly you are missing.
2828 You can still use the module while editing your file, but you will not
2829 be able to export to PDF or print your document, since LyX will not be
2830 able to compile the LaTeX file without the missing prerequisites.
2831 If you want to be able to produce this kind of output, then you need to
2832 install the missing prerequisites and then reconfigure LyX by selecting
2835 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2839 \begin_inset Index idx
2842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2843 Reconfiguration of LyX
2849 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2852 Installing new LaTeX files
2853 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2860 manual for more information on installing needed packages.
2863 \begin_layout Standard
2864 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
2867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2872 Some modules require other modules, and some pairs of modules are incompatible.
2873 LyX will advise you about these things.
2881 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2883 \begin_inset Index idx
2886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2887 Document ! Local Layout
2895 \begin_layout Standard
2896 Modules are to LyX much as packages are to LaTeX: They are intended to be
2897 used in a variety of different documents, and if you often find yourself
2898 needing the same sort of thing in different documents, you should consider
2899 writing a module for this purpose.
2900 Sometimes, however, a particular document has very special needs, and you
2901 find yourself wanting a specific inset or character style, but only that
2903 You want something that is like a document's own LaTeX preamble.
2904 What you want is LyX's
2905 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2909 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2913 See chapter 5 of the Customization manual for information on how to use
2917 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2921 \begin_layout Standard
2922 Each class has a default set of options.
2923 Here's a quick table describing them:
2926 \begin_layout Standard
2927 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
2933 \begin_layout Standard
2935 \begin_inset Tabular
2936 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
2937 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
2938 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2939 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2940 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2941 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2942 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2944 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2953 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2971 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2989 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3007 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3027 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3044 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3047 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3062 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3080 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3098 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3118 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3135 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3153 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3171 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3189 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3192 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3209 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3212 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3226 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3244 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3262 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3280 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3300 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3317 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3335 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3353 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3371 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3396 \begin_layout Standard
3397 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
3403 \begin_layout Standard
3404 You're probably also wondering what
3405 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3409 \begin_inset space ~
3413 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3417 There are several paragraph environments used to create section headings.
3418 Different document classes allow different types of section headings.
3423 heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the
3428 Some document classes, such as the ones for letters, don't use any section
3438 headings, there are also
3446 headings, and so on.
3447 We'll describe these headings fully in section
3448 \begin_inset space ~
3452 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3454 reference "sub:Headings"
3461 \begin_layout Subsection
3463 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3465 name "sub:Document-Layout"
3470 \begin_inset Index idx
3473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3482 \begin_inset Index idx
3485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3494 \begin_layout Standard
3495 The most important properties of documents classes are set in the menu
3497 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3508 \begin_inset space ~
3513 , you can enter special options for your document class in a comma-separated
3515 This is only necessary if LyX doesn't support special options you want
3516 to use for your document.
3517 To learn more about your favorite LaTeX-class and its options, you have
3521 \begin_layout Standard
3528 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3534 \begin_inset space ~
3539 controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page.
3540 You can choose between the following five options:
3543 \begin_layout Labeling
3544 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3549 Use default page style of current class.
3552 \begin_layout Labeling
3553 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3558 No page numbers or headings.
3561 \begin_layout Labeling
3562 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3570 \begin_layout Labeling
3571 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3576 Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number.
3577 Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on
3578 the maximum sectioning level of the class.
3581 \begin_layout Labeling
3582 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3587 This allows you to create fully customizable headers and footers if you
3593 \begin_inset Index idx
3596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3597 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
3603 At the moment, support in LyX is limited to this setting.
3604 To use the full power of this package, you have to add code to your document
3606 Check the documentation for the
3610 package for more details,
3611 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
3620 \begin_layout Standard
3625 of paragraphs is described in section
3626 \begin_inset space ~
3630 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3632 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3639 \begin_layout Subsection
3640 Paper Size and Orientation
3641 \begin_inset Index idx
3644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3645 Document ! Paper size
3651 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3653 name "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
3660 \begin_layout Standard
3661 You'll find the following options in the menu
3664 \begin_inset space ~
3669 of the dialog of the
3671 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3677 \begin_inset Index idx
3680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3689 \begin_layout Labeling
3690 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3694 \begin_inset space ~
3699 What size paper to print on.
3704 \begin_layout Itemize
3710 \begin_layout Itemize
3716 \begin_layout Itemize
3722 \begin_layout Itemize
3728 \begin_layout Itemize
3731 US letter, US legal, US executive
3734 \begin_layout Itemize
3740 \begin_layout Itemize
3747 \begin_layout Labeling
3748 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3753 Two toggle buttons choose whether to print the output as
3764 \begin_layout Labeling
3765 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3769 \begin_inset space ~
3774 Adjusts the print space to print both sides of paper.
3775 That means that the print space for odd- and even-numbered pages is different.
3778 \begin_layout Subsection
3780 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3787 \begin_inset Index idx
3790 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3797 \begin_inset Index idx
3800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3809 \begin_layout Standard
3810 Paper margins are set in the menu
3812 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3816 \begin_inset Index idx
3819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3828 \begin_layout Standard
3829 If you use a KOMA-Script document class, you can use the default settings.
3830 Because KOMA-Script calculates then the print space automatically by taking
3831 the paper format and the font size into account.
3834 \begin_layout Subsection
3838 \begin_layout Standard
3839 If you change a document class, LyX has to convert
3844 That includes the paragraph environments.
3845 Some paragraph environments are standard, in so far as all of the document
3846 classes have them; but some classes have special paragraph environments.
3847 If this is the case, and you change the document class, LyX will mark the
3848 paragraphs whose styles it no longer understands as
3849 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3853 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3857 The name of the style is retained, in case you should want to go back to
3859 But these paragraphs will be output with no special formatting, so you
3860 will either need to create a new style yourself or else to convert these
3861 paragraphs manually to a style present in your new document class.
3864 \begin_layout Section
3865 Paragraph Indentation and Separation
3866 \begin_inset Index idx
3869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3870 Paragraph ! Indentation
3878 \begin_layout Subsection
3880 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3882 name "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3889 \begin_layout Standard
3890 Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to
3891 say a word or two about paragraph indentation.
3894 \begin_layout Standard
3895 Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs.
3896 Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph.
3897 Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs.
3898 If you choose indentation for paragraphs the
3902 paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list,
3908 Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
3909 Note that the indentation behavior is different when you use another document
3910 language than English.
3911 LaTeX takes care that the indentation follows the rules of the used language.
3914 \begin_layout Standard
3915 The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings
3916 and text — in fact, all of the spacings for just about everything are pre-coded
3918 As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
3919 LyX takes care of that.
3920 In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a
3922 That way, LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure
3923 figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom
3924 of a page, and so on.
3928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3929 LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file.
3934 However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
3935 LyX gives you the ability to globally change
3939 of these pre-coded spacings.
3940 We'll explain more later.
3943 \begin_layout Subsection
3944 Paragraph Separation
3945 \begin_inset Index idx
3948 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3949 Paragraph ! Separation
3957 \begin_layout Standard
3958 To separate paragraphs, select
3969 \begin_inset space ~
3976 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3980 \begin_inset Index idx
3983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3989 to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
3992 \begin_layout Subsection
3996 \begin_layout Standard
3997 You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph.
4000 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4002 \begin_inset space ~
4007 dialog and toggle the
4010 \begin_inset space ~
4015 option to change the state of the current paragraph (shortcut
4018 arg "paragraph-params \\indent-toggle"
4022 If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this
4023 button will be ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph by toggling
4027 \begin_layout Standard
4028 You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph
4029 if you need to do some fine-tuning.
4032 \begin_layout Subsection
4034 \begin_inset Index idx
4037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4038 Paragraph ! Line spacing
4046 \begin_layout Standard
4049 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4053 \begin_inset Index idx
4056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4065 dialog you can set the line spacing in the submenu
4068 \begin_inset space ~
4077 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4078 You need to have the LaTeX-package
4083 \begin_inset Index idx
4086 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4087 LaTeX-packages ! setspace
4092 installed to use this feature.
4100 \begin_layout Section
4101 Paragraph Environments
4102 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4104 name "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
4109 \begin_inset Index idx
4112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4113 Paragraph ! Environments
4119 \begin_inset Index idx
4122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4123 Paragraph environments|(
4131 \begin_layout Subsection
4135 \begin_layout Standard
4136 Paragraph environments correspond to the
4139 \begin_layout Standard
4158 \begin_inset Newline newline
4161 command sequence in LaTeX files.
4162 If you don't know LaTeX, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally
4163 alien to you, we urge you to read the
4172 also contains many more examples than this section does.
4175 \begin_layout Standard
4176 A paragraph environment is simply a
4177 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4181 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4184 for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties.
4185 This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering
4186 scheme, labels, and so on.
4187 Additionally, you can
4188 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4192 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4195 the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment
4196 to inherit some of the properties of another.
4197 The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy
4198 tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hold-overs from the
4199 days of typewriters.
4200 There are several paragraph environments which are specific to a particular
4202 We'll only be covering the most common ones here.
4205 \begin_layout Standard
4206 To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box
4207 \begin_inset Graphics
4208 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
4214 at the left end of the toolbar.
4215 LyX will change the environment of the
4219 paragraph in which the cursor sits.
4220 You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if
4221 you select them before choosing the new environment.
4225 \begin_layout Standard
4234 create a new paragraph using the
4238 paragraph environment.
4240 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4244 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4247 because if you are in one of these environments:
4250 \begin_layout Itemize
4256 \begin_layout Itemize
4262 \begin_layout Itemize
4268 \begin_layout Itemize
4274 \begin_layout Itemize
4280 \begin_layout Itemize
4286 \begin_layout Itemize
4292 \begin_layout Standard
4293 LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you hit
4297 , rather than resetting it to
4302 LyX will still reset the nesting depth, however.
4303 Usually, starting a new paragraph resets both the paragraph environment
4304 and the nesting depth (for more on nesting see section
4305 \begin_inset space ~
4309 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4311 reference "sec:Nesting"
4316 At the moment, all this is context-specific; you're better off expecting
4321 to reset the paragraph environment and depth.
4322 If you want a new paragraph to keep the current environment and depth,
4326 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
4332 \begin_layout Subsection
4336 \begin_layout Standard
4337 The default paragraph environment is
4342 It creates a plain paragraph.
4343 If LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses.
4344 In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now (and most of the ones in
4345 this manual) are in the
4352 \begin_layout Standard
4353 You can nest a paragraph using the
4357 environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything
4365 \begin_layout Subsection
4367 \begin_inset Index idx
4370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4379 \begin_layout Standard
4380 A LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name(s) of the
4382 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4386 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4389 for thanks or contact information.
4390 For certain types of documents, LaTeX places all of this on a separate
4391 page along with today's date.
4392 For other types of documents, the title
4393 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4397 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4400 goes at the top of the first page of the document.
4404 \begin_layout Standard
4405 LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph
4419 Here's how you use them:
4422 \begin_layout Itemize
4423 Put the title of your document in the
4430 \begin_layout Itemize
4431 Put the author name in the
4438 \begin_layout Itemize
4439 If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date,
4440 or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in
4446 Note that using this environment is optional.
4447 If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date.
4448 If you don't want any date, add the line
4449 \begin_inset Newline newline
4459 \begin_inset Newline newline
4462 to the preamble of your document (menu
4464 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4470 \begin_layout Standard
4471 You can use footnotes to insert
4472 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4476 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4479 or contact information.
4482 \begin_layout Subsection
4484 \begin_inset Index idx
4487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4494 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4503 \begin_layout Standard
4504 There are several paragraph environments for producing section headings.
4505 LyX takes care of the numbering for you.
4508 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4510 \begin_inset Index idx
4513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4514 Section headings ! Numbered
4522 \begin_layout Standard
4523 There are 7 numbered types of section headings.
4527 \begin_layout Enumerate
4533 \begin_layout Enumerate
4539 \begin_layout Enumerate
4545 \begin_layout Enumerate
4551 \begin_layout Enumerate
4557 \begin_layout Enumerate
4563 \begin_layout Enumerate
4569 \begin_layout Standard
4570 LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods.
4571 The numbers describe where in the document you are.
4572 Unlike the other headings, parts are numbered with Latin letters.
4575 \begin_layout Standard
4576 Headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text.
4577 For example, suppose you're writing a book.
4578 You group the book into chapters.
4579 LyX does similar grouping:
4582 \begin_layout Itemize
4587 is divided in either
4598 \begin_layout Itemize
4610 \begin_layout Itemize
4622 \begin_layout Itemize
4634 \begin_layout Itemize
4646 \begin_layout Itemize
4658 \begin_layout Standard
4659 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
4662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4667 Not all document types use the
4671 heading as the maximum sectioning level.
4676 is the top-level heading.
4684 \begin_layout Standard
4689 environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number,
4690 along with the number of the subsection, section, and, if applicable, chapter
4692 For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the
4694 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4698 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4704 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4706 \begin_inset Index idx
4709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4710 Section headings ! Unnumbered
4718 \begin_layout Standard
4719 There are 5 types of unnumbered section headings.
4723 \begin_layout Enumerate
4729 \begin_layout Enumerate
4735 \begin_layout Enumerate
4741 \begin_layout Enumerate
4747 \begin_layout Enumerate
4753 \begin_layout Standard
4755 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4759 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4762 after each name means that these headings are not numbered.
4763 They work the same as their numbered counterparts but won't appear in the
4764 table of contents, see section
4765 \begin_inset space ~
4769 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4778 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4779 Changing the Numbering
4780 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4782 name "sub:Numbering-depth"
4789 \begin_layout Standard
4790 You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear
4791 in the Table of Contents.
4792 Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document
4794 Certain classes start with
4808 Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels.
4818 This is something you can change.
4821 \begin_layout Standard
4824 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4830 \begin_inset Index idx
4833 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4844 \begin_inset space ~
4848 \begin_inset space ~
4853 you'll see two counters.
4858 controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers a section
4860 The other one controls the appearance of the section headings in the table
4864 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4865 Short Titles of Headings
4866 \begin_inset Index idx
4869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4870 Section headings ! Short titles
4876 \begin_inset Argument
4879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4886 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4888 name "sec:Short-Titles"
4895 \begin_layout Standard
4896 Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long.
4897 This can cause trouble when there is limited horizontal space.
4898 For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section
4899 title, a long title will protrude over the page margins and look awful.
4902 \begin_layout Standard
4903 LaTeX allows you to specify a short title for section headings.
4904 This short title is used in the header and in the actual table of contents,
4905 avoiding the problem mentioned.
4906 To specify a short title, use the menu
4908 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4910 \begin_inset space ~
4916 This will insert a box labeled
4917 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4921 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4925 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4929 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4932 ) which you can use to enter the short title text.
4933 This also works for captions inside floats.
4936 \begin_layout Standard
4937 The title of this section is a good example of using this feature.
4940 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4944 \begin_layout Standard
4945 The following information applies to all section headings:
4948 \begin_layout Itemize
4949 You cannot do any nesting with these environments.
4952 \begin_layout Itemize
4953 You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments.
4956 \begin_layout Itemize
4957 You can only use inline math in these environments.
4960 \begin_layout Itemize
4961 You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers.
4964 \begin_layout Subsection
4965 Quotes and Poetry line spacing
4968 \begin_layout Standard
4969 LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations.
4983 Forget the days of changing line spacing and twiddling with margins.
4984 These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in.
4985 They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below
4986 the text they contain.
4987 They also allow nesting, so you can put a
4995 , as well as in some other paragraph environments.
4998 \begin_layout Standard
4999 There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do
5008 when you start a new paragraph.
5009 So, you can type in that poem and merrily hit
5013 without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
5014 Of course, that means that, once you're done typing in that poem, you have
5015 to change back to the
5019 environment yourself.
5022 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5032 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5039 \begin_inset Index idx
5042 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5051 \begin_layout Standard
5052 Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's
5053 time for the differences.
5062 are identical except for one difference:
5066 uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line.
5075 indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout.
5078 \begin_layout Standard
5079 Here's an example of the
5092 I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it
5094 See – no indentation!
5098 Here's the second paragraph of this quote.
5099 Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and
5100 the other paragraph.
5103 \begin_layout Standard
5104 Here's another example, this time in the
5111 \begin_layout Quotation
5117 If I keep writing, you'll see the indentation.
5118 If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting
5119 the first line, then
5123 is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it
5127 you were quoting other text.
5130 \begin_layout Quotation
5131 Here's a new paragraph.
5132 I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time.
5133 If I did that, though, you'd get bored.
5136 \begin_layout Standard
5137 As the examples show,
5141 is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs.
5142 They should put quotes in the
5147 Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the
5151 paragraph environment for quoted text.
5154 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5160 \begin_inset Index idx
5163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5172 \begin_inset Index idx
5175 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5182 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5191 \begin_layout Standard
5196 is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on.
5202 \begin_inset Newline newline
5205 Which I did not rehearse!
5209 It could be much worse.
5210 This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps
5212 It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are
5213 indented a bit more than the first.
5214 Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore.
5220 \begin_inset Newline newline
5223 And make things look fine
5224 \begin_inset Newline newline
5230 arg "newline-insert newline"
5236 \begin_layout Standard
5241 does not indent both margins.
5242 Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph.
5243 To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the
5250 arg "newline-insert newline"
5256 \begin_layout Subsection
5258 \begin_inset Index idx
5261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5268 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5277 \begin_layout Standard
5278 LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds
5288 environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively.
5297 environments, LyX lets you provide your own label.
5298 We'll present the individual details of each type of list next after describing
5299 some general features of all four of them.
5302 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5306 \begin_layout Standard
5307 The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments
5309 First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item.
5318 reset the environment to
5322 but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item.
5323 The nesting depth is hereby kept.
5324 If you want to keep the paragraph environment but reset the current nesting
5328 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
5331 to break paragraphs.
5334 \begin_layout Standard
5335 You can nest lists of any type inside one another.
5336 In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how it
5338 If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest
5339 you read all of section
5340 \begin_inset space ~
5344 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5346 reference "sec:Nesting"
5354 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5360 \begin_inset Index idx
5363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5370 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5379 \begin_layout Standard
5380 The first type of list we'll describe in detail is the
5384 paragraph environment.
5385 It has the following properties:
5388 \begin_layout Itemize
5389 Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label.
5393 \begin_layout Itemize
5394 LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level.
5397 \begin_layout Itemize
5398 The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line.
5402 \begin_layout Itemize
5403 The items can have any length.
5404 LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item.
5405 The offset is always relative to whatever environment the
5412 \begin_layout Itemize
5417 environment inside another
5421 environment, the label changes to a new symbol.
5425 \begin_layout Itemize
5426 There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting.
5429 \begin_layout Itemize
5430 LyX always shows the same symbol on screen.
5433 \begin_layout Itemize
5435 \begin_inset space ~
5439 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5441 reference "sec:Nesting"
5445 for a full explanation of nesting.
5449 \begin_layout Standard
5450 Of course, that explanation was also an example of an
5459 environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter.
5462 \begin_layout Standard
5463 We said that different levels use different symbols as their label.
5464 Here's an example of all four possible symbols.
5467 \begin_layout Itemize
5468 The label for the first level
5472 is a large black dot, or bullet.
5476 \begin_layout Itemize
5477 The label for the second level is a dash.
5481 \begin_layout Itemize
5482 The label for the third is an asterisk.
5486 \begin_layout Itemize
5487 The label for the fourth is a centered dot.
5491 \begin_layout Itemize
5492 Back out to the third level.
5496 \begin_layout Itemize
5497 Back to the second level.
5501 \begin_layout Itemize
5502 Back to the outermost level.
5505 \begin_layout Standard
5506 These are the default labels for an
5511 You can customize these labels in the
5513 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5516 dialog in the submenu
5523 \begin_inset Index idx
5526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5535 \begin_layout Standard
5536 Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
5537 We'll explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
5539 \begin_inset space ~
5543 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5545 reference "sec:Nesting"
5552 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5558 \begin_inset Index idx
5561 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5568 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5570 name "sec:Enumerate"
5577 \begin_layout Standard
5582 environment is used to create numbered lists and outlines.
5583 It has these properties:
5586 \begin_layout Enumerate
5587 Each item has a numeral as its label.
5591 \begin_layout Enumerate
5592 The label type depends on the nesting depth.
5596 \begin_layout Enumerate
5597 LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate.
5600 \begin_layout Enumerate
5605 environment resets the counter to one.
5608 \begin_layout Enumerate
5621 \begin_layout Enumerate
5622 Offsets the items relative to the left margin.
5623 Items can have any length.
5626 \begin_layout Enumerate
5627 Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases.
5630 \begin_layout Enumerate
5631 Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth.
5634 \begin_layout Enumerate
5635 Allows up to a four-fold nesting.
5639 \begin_layout Standard
5648 shows the different labels for each item in LyX.
5649 Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an
5656 \begin_layout Enumerate
5657 The first level of an
5661 uses Arabic numerals followed by a period.
5665 \begin_layout Enumerate
5666 The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses.
5670 \begin_layout Enumerate
5671 The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period.
5675 \begin_layout Enumerate
5676 The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period.
5679 \begin_layout Enumerate
5680 Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth
5685 \begin_layout Enumerate
5686 Back to the third level
5690 \begin_layout Enumerate
5691 Back to the second level.
5695 \begin_layout Enumerate
5696 Back to the outermost level.
5699 \begin_layout Standard
5700 Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the
5705 It involves adding commands to the LaTeX preamble (see the
5710 As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version,
5714 \begin_layout Standard
5715 There is more to nesting
5719 environments than we've stated here.
5720 You should read section
5721 \begin_inset space ~
5725 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5727 reference "sec:Nesting"
5731 to learn more about nesting.
5734 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5740 \begin_inset Index idx
5743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5752 \begin_layout Standard
5753 Unlike the previous two environments, the
5757 list has no fixed label.
5758 Instead, LyX uses the first
5759 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5763 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5766 of the first line as the label.
5770 \begin_layout Description
5771 Example: This is an example of the
5778 \begin_layout Standard
5779 LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the
5783 \begin_layout Standard
5785 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5789 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5792 it is meant that the first hit of the
5796 key ends the label if you are at the beginning of the first line of an
5798 If you need to use more than one word in the label use a
5806 arg "space-insert protected"
5811 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5812 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5814 \begin_inset space ~
5820 \begin_inset space ~
5824 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5826 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
5830 for more info.) Here is an example:
5833 \begin_layout Description
5835 \begin_inset space ~
5838 Example: This one shows how to use a
5841 \begin_inset space ~
5853 \begin_layout Description
5854 Usage: You should use the
5858 environment for things like definitions and theorems.
5859 Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text
5861 It's not a good idea to use a
5865 environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe.
5866 You're better off using
5878 paragraphs into them.
5881 \begin_layout Description
5882 Nesting: You can nest
5886 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5890 \begin_layout Standard
5891 Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting
5892 them from the first line.
5895 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5901 \begin_inset Index idx
5904 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5913 \begin_layout Standard
5918 environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
5921 \begin_layout Standard
5922 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
5925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5930 When you are using a KOMA-Script document class, like in this document,
5935 environment is named
5947 \begin_layout Standard
5956 environment has user-defined labels for each list item.
5957 There are the following properties of this list environment:
5960 \begin_layout Labeling
5961 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5963 \begin_inset space ~
5966 labels LyX uses the first
5967 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5971 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5974 of each line as the item label.
5979 after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label.
5980 If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected
5981 blank as described above.
5984 \begin_layout Labeling
5985 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5986 margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and
5987 the body of the item text.
5988 The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default
5989 label width plus a little extra space.
5993 \begin_layout Labeling
5994 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5996 \begin_inset space ~
5999 width LyX uses the width of the label, or the default width, whatever is
6001 If the label width is larger, the label
6002 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6006 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6009 into the first line.
6010 In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left
6011 margin of the rest of the item text.
6014 \begin_layout Labeling
6015 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6017 \begin_inset space ~
6020 width You can set the default label width to ensure that the text of all
6025 environment have the same left margin.
6026 \begin_inset Newline newline
6029 To change the default width, select all items in the list.
6032 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6034 \begin_inset space ~
6043 \begin_inset space ~
6048 determines the default label width.
6049 You can use the text of your largest label here, but you can also use the
6051 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6055 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6058 multiple times instead.
6059 The M is the widest character and is a standard unit of widths in LaTeX.
6061 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6065 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6068 as the unit of width you don't need to keep changing the contents of
6071 \begin_inset space ~
6076 every time you alter a label in a
6081 \begin_inset Newline newline
6084 The predefined default width is the length of
6085 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6089 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6094 \begin_inset Newline newline
6098 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6106 Setting the cursor into a list item to change only its label width will
6107 only change the width inside LyX but not in the output.
6115 \begin_layout Standard
6120 environment the same way like the
6124 list: When you need one word to stand out from the text that describes
6130 environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
6134 \begin_layout Standard
6139 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
6141 They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
6143 \begin_inset space ~
6147 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6149 reference "sec:Nesting"
6153 to learn about nesting.
6156 \begin_layout Standard
6157 There is yet another feature of the
6161 environment: As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item
6163 You can use additional
6167 to change how LyX justifies the item label.
6172 are documented in section
6173 \begin_inset space ~
6177 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6179 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
6184 Here are some examples:
6185 \begin_inset Newpage pagebreak
6191 \begin_layout Labeling
6192 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6193 Left The default for
6200 \begin_layout Labeling
6201 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6202 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6209 at the beginning of the label right justifies it.
6212 \begin_layout Labeling
6213 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6214 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6218 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6225 at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it.
6228 \begin_layout Subsection
6230 \begin_inset Index idx
6233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6242 \begin_layout Standard
6243 To use the features described in this section, you must load the module
6246 Customisable Lists (enumitem)
6248 in the document settings.
6249 This loads the features of the LaTeX-package
6254 \begin_inset Index idx
6257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6258 LaTeX-packages ! enumitem
6266 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6267 Custom Enumerate Lists
6268 \begin_inset Index idx
6271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6272 Lists ! Enumerate ! Custom
6280 \begin_layout Standard
6282 The default numbering of numbered lists can be changed by adding an optional
6285 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6288 ) to the first item of each level in the list.
6289 There you add the command
6292 \begin_layout Standard
6300 \begin_layout Standard
6301 in TeX Code (shortcut
6311 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6312 For more about TeX Code, look at section
6313 \begin_inset space ~
6317 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6319 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
6332 is hereby the counter of the enumeration in the first level.
6339 outputs the counter as small Roman numeral.
6340 For capital Roman numerals replace in the command above
6353 For Arabic numerals use
6361 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6365 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6368 items with capital or small Latin letters use
6383 \begin_layout Standard
6385 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6393 You can only number 26
6394 \begin_inset space ~
6397 items with Latin letters, because this numbering is limited to single letters.
6405 \begin_layout Standard
6406 To change the numbering for the list sublevels, replace the 'i' in the command
6407 by the small Roman numeral of the level (enumi, enumii, enumiii, enumiv).
6410 \begin_layout Standard
6411 As example a list with custom numbering:
6414 \begin_layout Enumerate
6415 \begin_inset Argument
6418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6444 \begin_layout Enumerate
6445 \begin_inset Argument
6448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6471 \begin_layout Enumerate
6476 \begin_layout Enumerate
6477 \begin_inset Argument
6480 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6484 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6504 \begin_layout Enumerate
6505 \begin_inset Argument
6508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6534 \begin_layout Standard
6535 For this list these commands were used:
6538 \begin_layout Standard
6549 \begin_inset Newline newline
6557 \begin_inset Newline newline
6565 \begin_inset Newline newline
6575 \begin_layout Standard
6582 makes the label emphasized and
6591 \begin_layout Standard
6592 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6600 When you changed the label of a list level, it will be used for all following
6601 lists until you change the definition.
6609 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6611 \begin_inset Index idx
6614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6615 Lists ! Enumerate ! Resumed
6623 \begin_layout Standard
6624 Enumerations can be resumed after intermediate paragraphs:
6627 \begin_layout Enumerate
6628 \begin_inset Argument
6631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6650 \begin_inset Note Note
6653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6654 goes back to default numbering
6662 \begin_layout Enumerate
6666 \begin_layout Standard
6670 \begin_layout Enumerate-Resume
6674 \begin_layout Standard
6675 To resume an enumeration, use the style
6680 Its numbering appears in blue within LyX to indicate that it is a resumed
6681 list and that the numbering will not be correct in LyX, but in the output.
6684 \begin_layout Standard
6685 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6688 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6693 If there is no previous enumeration to resume, you will get a LaTeX error.
6701 \begin_layout Standard
6702 Perhaps you might want to resume the list with a different number than the
6704 Or you want to start a new enumeration with a defined number.
6705 This is possible by adding an optional argument to the first list item
6706 of a normal new enumeration.
6707 There insert the command
6710 \begin_layout Standard
6716 \begin_layout Standard
6721 is the number with which you want to resume the list.
6725 \begin_layout Enumerate
6729 \begin_layout Enumerate
6733 \begin_layout Standard
6734 Enumeration starting at a given value:
6737 \begin_layout Enumerate
6738 \begin_inset Argument
6741 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6757 This enumeration starts at 4
6760 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6762 \begin_inset Index idx
6765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6774 \begin_layout Standard
6775 In some cases you might want less or more vertical space between the items
6777 For example the default space is too much in your opinion in this case:
6780 \begin_layout Itemize
6784 \begin_layout Itemize
6785 with standard spacing
6788 \begin_layout Standard
6789 You can decrease the space by adding an optional argument to the first item
6791 There add the command
6795 to get no additional list space like in this example:
6798 \begin_layout Itemize
6799 \begin_inset Argument
6802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6821 \begin_layout Itemize
6825 \begin_layout Itemize
6829 \begin_layout Standard
6830 To add space you can use several other commands provided by the LaTeX-package
6836 \begin_inset Index idx
6839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6840 LaTeX-packages ! enumitem
6846 For more info see its documentation,
6847 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
6856 \begin_layout Standard
6857 There are also many commands available to change the horizontal spacing
6859 Here is an example where the indentation was changed to the one of the
6860 paragraphs in the document and the label separation was set to 2
6861 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
6864 cm so that the number is in the page margin:
6867 \begin_layout Enumerate
6868 \begin_inset Argument
6871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6879 parindent, labelsep=2cm
6892 \begin_layout Enumerate
6893 with negative indentation
6896 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6897 Further Customization
6898 \begin_inset Index idx
6901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6910 \begin_layout Standard
6911 You can also change the style of description lists.
6915 \begin_layout Standard
6921 \begin_layout Standard
6922 changes the description label font, the command
6925 \begin_layout Standard
6931 \begin_layout Standard
6932 sets the list style.
6935 \begin_layout Standard
6936 An example where the command
6939 \begin_layout Standard
6944 itshape, style=nextline
6947 \begin_layout Standard
6951 \begin_layout Description
6953 \begin_inset space ~
6957 \begin_inset Argument
6960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6964 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6966 labelindent=0pt, labelsep=1cm, font=
6968 itshape, style=nextline
6978 Ionizing radiation consists of particles or electromagnetic waves that are
6979 energetic enough to detach electrons from atoms or molecules, therefore
6983 \begin_layout Description
6985 \begin_inset space ~
6988 counting: In computer science, reference counting is a technique of storing
6989 the number of references, pointers, or handles to a resource such as an
6990 object, block of memory, disk space or other resource.
6993 \begin_layout Standard
6994 There are many more commands and features provided by the LaTeX-package
7000 \begin_inset Index idx
7003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7004 LaTeX-packages ! enumitem
7010 For more info see its documentation,
7011 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
7020 \begin_layout Subsection
7022 \begin_inset Index idx
7025 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7034 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7042 \begin_inset space ~
7050 \begin_layout Standard
7051 Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
7059 \begin_inset space ~
7065 To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
7066 in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
7067 In contrast, you can use the
7074 \begin_inset space ~
7079 paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
7080 You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
7084 \begin_layout Standard
7085 Of course, you're not limited to using
7092 \begin_inset space ~
7101 \begin_inset space ~
7106 , in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
7107 some European academic papers.
7110 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7112 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7114 name "sec:Address-Usage"
7121 \begin_layout Standard
7126 environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
7127 for the opening and signature in some countries.
7131 \begin_inset space ~
7136 environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
7137 is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
7138 Here's an example of each:
7141 \begin_layout Right Address
7143 \begin_inset Newline newline
7147 \begin_inset Newline newline
7151 \begin_inset Newline newline
7154 When is it? What is today?
7157 \begin_layout Standard
7161 \begin_inset space ~
7167 Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
7168 fit the largest block of text on a single line.
7169 Here's an example of the
7176 \begin_layout Address
7178 \begin_inset Newline newline
7181 Where do I send this
7182 \begin_inset Newline newline
7185 Your post office and country
7188 \begin_layout Standard
7189 As you can see, both
7196 \begin_inset space ~
7201 add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
7206 in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
7212 This makes sense, since
7220 function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
7221 Thus, you have to use
7228 arg "newline-insert newline"
7234 \begin_inset space ~
7237 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7239 \begin_inset space ~
7248 menu) to start a new line in an
7255 \begin_inset space ~
7263 \begin_layout Subsection
7267 \begin_layout Standard
7268 Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
7269 or list of references.
7270 LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
7273 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7277 \begin_inset Index idx
7280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7289 \begin_layout Standard
7294 environment is used for the abstract of an article.
7295 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
7296 only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
7297 Also, don't bother trying to nest
7301 in anything else or vice versa.
7307 environment is only useful in the article and report document classes.
7308 The book document classes ignores the
7312 completely, and it's utterly silly to use
7316 in a letter document class.
7319 \begin_layout Standard
7324 environment does several things for you.
7325 First, it puts the centered label
7326 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7330 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7334 The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
7336 Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
7337 Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
7338 the subsequent text.
7339 Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
7340 The appearance in the output depends on the used article or report class.
7343 \begin_layout Standard
7344 Starting a new paragraph by hitting
7348 does not reset the paragraph environment.
7349 The new paragraph will still be in the
7354 So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
7355 finish entering the abstract of your document.
7358 \begin_layout Standard
7359 \begin_inset Float figure
7364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7366 \begin_inset Graphics
7367 filename clipart/Abstract.pdf
7374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7375 \begin_inset Caption
7377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7378 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7380 name "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
7401 \begin_layout Standard
7402 We'd love to give you directly an example of the
7406 environment, but since this document is in the
7407 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7411 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7414 class, we can't do this.
7415 We inserted it therefore as figure
7416 \begin_inset space ~
7420 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
7422 reference "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
7427 If you've never heard of an
7428 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7432 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7435 before, you can safely ignore this environment.
7438 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7444 \begin_inset Index idx
7447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7454 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7456 name "sub:Biblio_environment"
7463 \begin_layout Standard
7468 environment is used to list references.
7469 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
7470 only use it at the end of the document.
7475 in anything else or vice versa won't work.
7478 \begin_layout Standard
7479 When you first open a
7483 environment, LyX adds a large vertical space, followed by the heading
7484 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7488 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7492 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7496 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7499 depending on the document class.
7500 The heading is in a large boldface font.
7501 Each paragraph of the
7505 environment is a bibliography entry.
7510 does not reset the paragraph environment.
7511 Each new paragraph is still in the
7518 \begin_layout Standard
7519 There is another, usually better way to include references in your document
7520 by using a BibTeX database.
7521 For more information on that, and for a detailed description of LyX's bibliogra
7522 phy handling, have a look at in section
7523 \begin_inset space ~
7527 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
7529 reference "sec:Bibliography"
7536 \begin_layout Subsection
7540 \begin_inset Index idx
7543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7544 Paragraph ! LyX code
7550 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7559 \begin_layout Standard
7564 environment is another LyX extension.
7565 It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
7570 key as a fixed whitespace;
7574 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7586 \begin_inset space ~
7591 instead of an end-of-word marker.
7596 this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
7597 If you need to insert blank lines, you'll still need to use
7600 arg "newline-insert newline"
7617 does not reset the paragraph environment.
7618 So, when you finish using the
7622 environment, you'll need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
7623 Also, you can nest the
7627 environment inside of others.
7630 \begin_layout Standard
7631 There are a few quirks with this environment:
7634 \begin_layout Itemize
7638 arg "newline-insert newline"
7641 at the beginning of a new paragraph (i.
7642 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
7646 \begin_inset space \space{}
7656 arg "newline-insert newline"
7662 \begin_layout Itemize
7666 arg "newline-insert newline"
7677 \begin_layout Itemize
7682 to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
7689 \begin_layout Itemize
7693 arg "space-insert protected"
7700 \begin_layout Itemize
7701 You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
7702 You must put at least one
7706 in any line you want blank.
7707 Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
7710 \begin_layout Itemize
7711 You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
7715 since that will insert
7720 You get the typewriter double quotes with
7723 arg "self-insert \""
7729 \begin_layout Standard
7733 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7737 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7741 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7745 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7749 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7750 printf("Hello World!
7755 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7759 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7763 \begin_layout Standard
7764 This is just the standard
7765 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7769 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7776 \begin_layout Standard
7781 has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
7782 rc-files, and so on.
7783 Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text
7784 as if you used a typewriter.
7785 \begin_inset Index idx
7788 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7789 Paragraph environments|)
7797 \begin_layout Section
7798 Nesting Environments
7799 \begin_inset Index idx
7802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7803 Nesting ! Environments
7809 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7818 \begin_layout Subsection
7822 \begin_layout Standard
7823 LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific
7825 This allows you to create blocks that inherit some of the properties of
7827 For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also
7829 In other words, you have a list inside of another list, with the inner
7831 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7835 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7841 \begin_layout Enumerate
7845 \begin_layout Enumerate
7850 \begin_layout Enumerate
7854 \begin_layout Enumerate
7859 \begin_layout Enumerate
7863 \begin_layout Standard
7864 You put a list inside a list by nesting one list inside the other.
7865 Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select
7868 \begin_inset space ~
7872 \begin_inset space ~
7880 \begin_inset space ~
7884 \begin_inset space ~
7893 menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
7894 will tell you how far you are nested).
7895 Instead of the menu, you can also use the toolbar buttons
7898 arg "depth-increment"
7904 arg "depth-decrement"
7907 or the convenient key bindings
7918 arg "depth-increment"
7924 arg "depth-decrement"
7927 to change the nesting level.
7928 The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
7929 you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
7933 \begin_layout Standard
7934 Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
7935 If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
7936 Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
7937 depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
7940 \begin_layout Standard
7941 Nesting isn't limited to lists.
7942 In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
7944 This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
7947 \begin_layout Subsection
7948 What You Can and Can't Nest
7951 \begin_layout Standard
7952 Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
7953 you a little bit more about how nesting works.
7956 \begin_layout Standard
7957 The question if nesting a paragraph environment is possible, is a bit more
7958 complicated than a simple yes or no.
7959 There are three types of paragraph environments:
7962 \begin_layout Itemize
7963 Completely unnestable
7966 \begin_layout Itemize
7967 Fully nestable, you can nest them inside things and you can also nest other
7971 \begin_layout Itemize
7972 A third type, you can nest them into other environments, but you can't nest
7976 \begin_layout Standard
7977 Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
7978 environments have them:
7981 \begin_layout Description
7982 Unnestable Can't nest them.
7983 Can't nest into them.
7987 \begin_layout Itemize
7993 \begin_layout Itemize
7999 \begin_layout Itemize
8005 \begin_layout Itemize
8011 \begin_layout Itemize
8018 \begin_layout Description
8020 \begin_inset space ~
8023 Nestable You can nest them.
8024 You can nest other things into them.
8028 \begin_layout Itemize
8034 \begin_layout Itemize
8040 \begin_layout Itemize
8046 \begin_layout Itemize
8052 \begin_layout Itemize
8058 \begin_layout Itemize
8064 \begin_layout Itemize
8070 \begin_layout Itemize
8077 \begin_layout Description
8078 Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside other things.
8079 You can't nest anything into them.
8083 \begin_layout Itemize
8089 \begin_layout Itemize
8095 \begin_layout Itemize
8101 \begin_layout Itemize
8107 \begin_layout Itemize
8113 \begin_layout Itemize
8119 \begin_layout Itemize
8125 \begin_layout Itemize
8131 \begin_layout Itemize
8137 \begin_layout Itemize
8143 \begin_layout Itemize
8149 \begin_layout Itemize
8155 \begin_layout Itemize
8161 \begin_layout Itemize
8165 \begin_inset space ~
8171 \begin_layout Itemize
8178 \begin_layout Standard
8179 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
8182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8187 Although it is possible to nest numbered section headings like
8196 \begin_inset space ~
8200 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8204 \begin_inset space \space{}
8207 lists, it is highly recommended not to do this because the aim is to create
8208 well structured documents following typesetting guidelines whereas nested
8209 section headings violate this.
8217 \begin_layout Subsection
8218 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
8219 \begin_inset Index idx
8222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8223 Nesting ! Tables etc.
8231 \begin_layout Standard
8232 There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
8233 affected by nesting anyhow.
8237 \begin_layout Itemize
8241 \begin_layout Itemize
8245 \begin_layout Itemize
8249 \begin_layout Standard
8251 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
8254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8259 Figures and tables in
8263 are not affected by this.
8268 Have a look at section
8269 \begin_inset space ~
8273 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8275 reference "sec:Floats"
8279 for more information about
8286 \begin_layout Standard
8287 LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
8288 If a figure, table, or an equation is inline, it goes wherever the paragraph
8292 \begin_layout Standard
8293 On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
8294 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8298 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8301 of its own, it behaves just like a
8302 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8306 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8309 paragraph environment.
8310 You can nest it into any environment, but you obviously can't nest anything
8314 \begin_layout Standard
8315 Here's an example with a table:
8318 \begin_layout Enumerate
8323 \begin_layout Enumerate
8324 This is (a) and it's nested.
8328 \begin_layout Standard
8329 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8335 \begin_layout Standard
8337 \begin_inset Tabular
8338 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8339 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
8340 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8341 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8343 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8361 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8381 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8399 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8425 \begin_layout Standard
8426 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8433 \begin_layout Enumerate
8435 The table is actually nested inside (a).
8439 \begin_layout Enumerate
8443 \begin_layout Standard
8444 If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
8447 \begin_layout Enumerate
8452 \begin_layout Enumerate
8453 This is (a) and it's nested.
8457 \begin_layout Standard
8458 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8464 \begin_layout Standard
8466 \begin_inset Tabular
8467 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8468 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
8469 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8470 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8472 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8490 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8510 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8528 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8554 \begin_layout Standard
8555 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8561 \begin_layout Enumerate
8568 In fact, it's not nested at all.
8571 \begin_layout Enumerate
8575 \begin_layout Standard
8576 Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
8580 \begin_layout Standard
8581 There's another trap you can fall into: Nesting the table, but not going
8583 LyX then turns anything after the table into a new sublist.
8586 \begin_layout Enumerate
8591 \begin_layout Enumerate
8592 This is (a) and it's nested.
8595 \begin_layout Standard
8596 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8602 \begin_layout Standard
8604 \begin_inset Tabular
8605 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8606 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
8607 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8608 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8610 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8628 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8648 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8666 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8692 \begin_layout Standard
8693 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8699 \begin_layout Enumerate
8701 The table is actually nested inside Item One, but
8709 \begin_layout Enumerate
8713 \begin_layout Standard
8714 As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a
8720 The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
8721 So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right
8725 \begin_layout Subsection
8726 Usage and General Features
8729 \begin_layout Standard
8730 Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
8732 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8736 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8739 is the innermost possible depth.
8740 Here's an example to illustrate what we mean:
8743 \begin_layout Enumerate
8744 level #1 – outermost
8748 \begin_layout Enumerate
8753 \begin_layout Enumerate
8758 \begin_layout Enumerate
8763 \begin_layout Itemize
8768 \begin_layout Itemize
8777 \begin_layout Standard
8778 There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see
8779 both of them in the example.
8780 Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold
8790 For example, if we tried to nest another
8795 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8799 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8802 , we would get errors.
8805 \begin_layout Subsection
8807 \begin_inset Index idx
8810 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8819 \begin_layout Standard
8820 The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
8821 We have several examples of nested environments.
8822 In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce
8826 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8827 Example 1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
8830 \begin_layout Labeling
8831 \labelwidthstring MMM
8832 #1-a This is the outermost level.
8841 \begin_layout Labeling
8842 \labelwidthstring MMM
8843 #2-a This is level #2.
8844 We created it by using
8847 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8853 arg "depth-increment"
8860 \begin_layout Labeling
8861 \labelwidthstring MMM
8862 #3-a This is level #3.
8863 This time, we just hit
8870 arg "depth-increment"
8874 We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
8878 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8884 arg "depth-increment"
8891 \begin_layout Standard
8896 environment, nested inside of
8897 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8901 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8905 So, it's at level #4.
8906 We did this by hitting
8909 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8915 arg "depth-increment"
8918 , then changing the paragraph environment to
8923 Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph — it also works
8939 \begin_layout Standard
8944 paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a
8947 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8953 \begin_layout Labeling
8954 \labelwidthstring MMM
8955 #4-a This is level #4.
8959 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8962 and changed the paragraph environment back to
8967 Remember — we can't nest anything inside a
8971 environment, which is why we're still at level #4.
8976 keep nesting things inside
8977 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8981 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8988 \begin_layout Labeling
8989 \labelwidthstring MMM
8990 #5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{}
8995 \begin_layout Labeling
8996 \labelwidthstring MMM
8997 #6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
8998 and this is level #6.
8999 By now, you should know how we made these two.
9003 \begin_layout Labeling
9004 \labelwidthstring MMM
9005 #5-b Back to level #5.
9009 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9015 arg "depth-decrement"
9022 \begin_layout Labeling
9023 \labelwidthstring MMM
9027 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9033 arg "depth-decrement"
9036 , we're back at level #4.
9040 \begin_layout Labeling
9041 \labelwidthstring MMM
9042 #3-b Back to level #3.
9043 By now it should be obvious how we did this.
9047 \begin_layout Labeling
9048 \labelwidthstring MMM
9049 #2-b Back to level #2.
9054 \begin_layout Labeling
9055 \labelwidthstring MMM
9056 #1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1.
9057 After this sentence, we'll hit
9061 and change the paragraph environment back to
9068 \begin_layout Standard
9069 We could have also used the
9085 environment in place of the
9090 The example would have worked exactly the same.
9093 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9094 Example 2: Inheritance
9097 \begin_layout LyX-Code
9098 This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost
9101 \begin_layout LyX-Code
9110 arg "depth-increment"
9113 , after which, we'll change to the
9121 \begin_layout Enumerate
9126 environment, at level #2.
9129 \begin_layout Enumerate
9130 Notice how the nested
9134 not only inherits its margins from its parent environment (
9138 ), but also inherits its font and spacing!
9142 \begin_layout Standard
9143 We ended this example by hitting
9148 After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to
9152 and reset the nesting depth by using
9155 arg "depth-decrement"
9161 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9162 Example 3: Labels, Levels, and the
9171 \begin_inset Argument
9174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9175 Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments
9183 \begin_layout Enumerate
9184 This is level #1, in an
9188 paragraph environment.
9189 We're actually going to nest a bunch of these.
9193 \begin_layout Enumerate
9198 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9204 arg "depth-increment"
9208 Now, what happens if we nest an
9212 environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its
9213 label be? An asterisk?
9217 \begin_layout Itemize
9227 environment, even though it's at level #3.
9228 So, its label is a bullet.
9229 (We got here by using
9232 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9238 arg "depth-increment"
9241 , then changing the environment to
9249 \begin_layout Itemize
9250 Here's level #4, produced using
9253 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9259 arg "depth-increment"
9263 We'll do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}
9268 \begin_layout Enumerate
9269 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
9271 This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to
9276 Notice the type of numbering, it is
9280 , because we are in the
9289 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9308 \begin_layout Enumerate
9313 change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What
9314 type of numbering does LyX use?
9317 \begin_layout Enumerate
9318 Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using
9321 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9324 to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item.
9327 \begin_layout Enumerate
9331 arg "depth-decrement"
9334 to decrease the depth after the next
9337 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9344 \begin_layout Enumerate
9346 Look what type of label LyX is using!
9350 \begin_layout Enumerate
9352 Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman
9353 numeral as the label.Why?
9356 \begin_layout Enumerate
9357 Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is
9366 Notice, however, that LyX
9370 reset the counter for the label.
9374 \begin_layout Enumerate
9378 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9384 arg "depth-decrement"
9387 sequence, and we're back to level #2.
9388 This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back
9389 into the twofold-nested
9397 \begin_layout Enumerate
9398 The same thing happens if we do another
9401 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9407 arg "depth-decrement"
9410 sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level.
9413 \begin_layout Standard
9414 Lastly, we reset the environment to
9419 As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labeling
9433 environments surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for
9439 The same rule applies for the
9443 environment, as well.
9446 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9447 Example 4: Going Bonkers
9450 \begin_layout Enumerate
9451 We're going to go totally nuts now.
9452 We won't nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into the
9453 same detail with how we did it.
9462 \begin_layout Standard
9470 arg "depth-increment"
9477 : level #2) We'll stick an encapsulated description of how we created the
9478 example in parentheses someplace.
9479 For example, the two key bindings are how we changed the depth.
9480 The environment name is the name of the current environment.
9481 Either before or after this, we'll put in the level.
9485 \begin_layout Enumerate
9490 : level #1) This is the next item in the list.
9495 Now we'll add verse.
9496 \begin_inset Newline newline
9499 It will get much worse.
9500 \begin_inset Newline newline
9510 arg "depth-increment"
9521 Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo.
9522 \begin_inset Newline newline
9525 Bippitey boppitey boo!
9526 \begin_inset Newline newline
9532 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9545 \begin_layout Standard
9546 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
9552 \begin_layout Standard
9554 \begin_inset Tabular
9555 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
9556 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
9557 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
9558 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
9560 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
9563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9578 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9598 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
9601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9616 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9619 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9647 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9657 arg "depth-increment"
9663 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9673 arg "depth-decrement"
9680 \begin_layout Enumerate
9685 : level #1) This is another item.
9686 Note that selecting a
9690 resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth
9691 3 times to put the table inside the
9699 \begin_layout Quotation
9700 We're now ending the
9704 list and changing to
9709 We're still at level #1.
9710 We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments.
9711 The next set of paragraphs is a
9712 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9716 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9726 \begin_inset space ~
9731 environments inside of this one, then use another nested
9735 for the letter body.
9739 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9742 to preserve the depth.
9743 Remember that you need to use
9746 arg "newline-insert newline"
9749 to create multiple lines inside the
9756 \begin_inset space ~
9766 \begin_layout Right Address
9768 \begin_inset Newline newline
9771 Moosegroin, MT 00100
9772 \begin_inset Newline newline
9778 \begin_layout Address
9780 \begin_inset space ~
9786 \begin_layout Quotation
9787 We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50
9788 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9791 L of compressed methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
9792 Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating
9793 a backlog in our orders for methane.
9794 We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order
9795 as soon as possible.
9796 In the meantime, we thank you for your patience.
9799 \begin_layout Quotation
9800 We do, however, now have a special on beef.
9801 If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form
9802 with your order, along with payment.
9805 \begin_layout Quotation
9806 We thank you again for your patience.
9809 \begin_layout Address
9811 \begin_inset Newline newline
9818 \begin_layout Quotation
9819 That ends that example!
9822 \begin_layout Standard
9823 As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with
9824 just a few keystrokes.
9825 We could have easily nested an
9846 You have a huge variety of options at your disposal.
9849 \begin_layout Section
9850 Spacing, pagination and line breaks
9851 \begin_inset Index idx
9854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9863 \begin_layout Standard
9864 What is a space? While you might be used to pressing the space key anytime
9865 you want to separate two words in ordinary word processors, LyX offers
9866 you more spaces: Spaces of different width and spaces which can or cannot
9867 be broken at the end of a line.
9868 The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are
9872 \begin_layout Subsection
9874 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9876 name "sub:Protected-Space"
9881 \begin_inset Index idx
9884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9893 \begin_layout Standard
9894 The protected space: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the
9896 This may be necessary to avoid unlucky line breaks, like in:
9900 Further documentation is given in section
9901 \begin_inset Newline newline
9905 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9907 reference "sec:Bibliography"
9915 \begin_layout Standard
9916 Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected space between
9917 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9921 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9925 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9929 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9931 reference "sec:Bibliography"
9936 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9940 A protected space is set with
9942 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9943 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9947 \begin_inset space ~
9957 arg "space-insert protected"
9963 \begin_layout Subsection
9965 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9967 name "sub:Horizontal-Space"
9972 \begin_inset Index idx
9975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9976 Spacing ! Horizontal
9984 \begin_layout Standard
9985 All horizontal spaces can be inserted with the menu
9987 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9988 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9992 The length units are listed in Appendix
9993 \begin_inset space ~
9997 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9999 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
10006 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10008 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10010 name "sub:Inter-word-Space"
10015 \begin_inset Index idx
10018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10019 Spaces ! Inter-word
10027 \begin_layout Standard
10029 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10033 \begin_inset space \space{}
10036 English) have the typographical convention to add extra space after an end-of-se
10037 ntence punctuation mark, and LyX honors those conventions (see section
10038 \begin_inset space ~
10042 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10044 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
10049 Sometimes, you want a normal space nevertheless.
10050 In this case, insert an inter-word space (shortcut
10053 arg "space-insert normal"
10059 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10061 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10063 name "sub:Thin-Space"
10068 \begin_inset Index idx
10071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10080 \begin_layout Standard
10082 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10086 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10089 is a blank which has half the size of a normal space (and it is also
10090 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10094 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10098 The typographical conventions in a lot of languages propose the use of
10099 thin spaces in cases where normal spaces would be too wide, for instance
10100 inside abbreviations:
10103 \begin_layout Quote
10105 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10109 Knuth has developed our beloved typesetting program.
10112 \begin_layout Standard
10113 or between values and units.
10114 Compare for example this:
10115 \begin_inset Newline newline
10119 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10123 \begin_inset Newline newline
10126 10 kg (normal space
10129 \begin_layout Standard
10130 You can insert thin spaces also with the menu
10132 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10133 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10135 \begin_inset space ~
10143 arg "space-insert thin"
10149 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10151 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10153 name "sub:More-Spaces"
10160 \begin_layout Standard
10161 You can furthermore insert the following space types:
10164 \begin_layout Description
10166 \begin_inset space ~
10170 \begin_inset space ~
10173 space A line with a
10174 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10178 \begin_inset space \negthinspace{}
10182 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10185 Negative thin space between the arrows.
10188 \begin_layout Description
10190 \begin_inset space ~
10194 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10198 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10202 \begin_inset space \enskip{}
10206 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10210 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10213 em) space between the arrows.
10216 \begin_layout Description
10218 \begin_inset space ~
10222 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10226 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10230 \begin_inset space \quad{}
10234 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10238 \begin_inset space ~
10242 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10245 em) space between the arrows.
10248 \begin_layout Description
10250 \begin_inset space ~
10254 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10258 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10262 \begin_inset space \qquad{}
10266 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10270 \begin_inset space ~
10274 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10277 em) space between the arrows.
10280 \begin_layout Description
10282 \begin_inset space ~
10286 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10290 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
10295 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10299 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10302 cm space between the arrows.
10305 \begin_layout Standard
10307 \begin_inset space ~
10311 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10313 reference "tab:Width-of-the"
10317 lists the different space sizes.
10320 \begin_layout Standard
10321 \begin_inset Float table
10326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10328 \begin_inset Caption
10330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10331 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10333 name "tab:Width-of-the"
10337 Width of the different horizontal spaces.
10345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10347 \begin_inset Tabular
10348 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="8" columns="2">
10349 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
10350 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
10351 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
10353 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10364 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10377 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10386 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10391 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10401 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10410 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10415 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10425 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10434 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10439 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10449 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10458 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10461 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10463 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10473 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10476 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10478 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10486 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10491 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10501 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10506 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10514 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10519 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10529 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10534 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10542 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10547 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10568 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10574 \begin_inset Index idx
10577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10586 \begin_layout Standard
10587 Horizontal fills (HFills) are a special LyX feature for adding extra space
10588 in a uniform fashion.
10589 An HFill is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals
10590 the remaining space between the left and right margins.
10591 If there is more than one HFill on a line, they divide the available space
10592 equally between themselves.
10596 \begin_layout Standard
10597 Here a few examples what you can do with them:
10600 \begin_layout Quote
10602 This is on the left side
10603 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10606 This is on the right
10609 \begin_layout Quote
10612 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10616 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10622 \begin_layout Quote
10625 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10629 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10633 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10639 \begin_layout Standard
10640 That was an example in the
10646 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10650 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10654 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10657 is one in a standard paragraph.
10658 It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it
10662 sitting in-between the two arrows.
10665 \begin_layout Standard
10666 HFills can be made visible when you choose one of the
10669 \begin_inset space ~
10674 in the space dialog: The following patterns are available:
10677 \begin_layout Standard
10679 \begin_inset space \dotfill{}
10683 \begin_inset space ~
10689 \begin_layout Standard
10691 \begin_inset space \hrulefill{}
10695 \begin_inset space ~
10701 \begin_layout Standard
10703 \begin_inset space \leftarrowfill{}
10707 \begin_inset space ~
10713 \begin_layout Standard
10715 \begin_inset space \rightarrowfill{}
10719 \begin_inset space ~
10725 \begin_layout Standard
10727 \begin_inset space \downbracefill{}
10731 \begin_inset space ~
10737 \begin_layout Standard
10739 \begin_inset space \upbracefill{}
10743 \begin_inset space ~
10749 \begin_layout Standard
10750 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10758 If an HFill is at the beginning of a line, and
10762 in the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it.
10763 This prevents HFills from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
10764 If you need space in this case anyway, set the
10768 option in the space dialog.
10776 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10778 \begin_inset Index idx
10781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10790 \begin_layout Standard
10791 Sometimes you want to insert space with exactly the length of a phrase.
10793 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10797 \begin_inset space \space{}
10800 you want to create the following multiple choice question:
10803 \begin_layout Standard
10804 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
10807 What is correct English?:
10808 \begin_inset Newline newline
10812 \begin_inset Newline newline
10816 \begin_inset space ~
10819 Edge would have been jumps the gun.
10820 \begin_inset Newline newline
10824 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
10827 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10835 \begin_inset Newline newline
10839 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
10842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10850 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
10856 \begin_layout Standard
10857 So that the choices appear exactly after the phrase
10858 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10862 \begin_inset space ~
10866 \begin_inset space ~
10870 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10874 To get this, you can use the phantom insets available via the menu
10876 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10877 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10881 In our case insert a horizontal phantom at the beginning of the last two
10883 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10887 \begin_inset space ~
10891 \begin_inset space ~
10895 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10898 into the phantom inset (note the space after
10899 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10903 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10907 A phantom insets prints only the space of its content (like a placeholder).
10908 That is why it is named
10909 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10913 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10917 The normal phantom outputs the width and height of the content as space,
10918 while the horizontal and vertical variant only outputs the corresponding
10922 \begin_layout Subsection
10924 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10926 name "sub:Vertical-Space"
10931 \begin_inset Index idx
10934 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10943 \begin_layout Standard
10944 To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use the
10946 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10947 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10949 \begin_inset space ~
10955 There you find the following sizes:
10958 \begin_layout Standard
10971 are LaTeX sizes which depend on the font size of the document.
10976 is the skip adjusted in the dialog
10978 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10982 \begin_inset Index idx
10985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10986 Document ! Settings
10991 for the paragraph separation.
10992 If you use indentation to separate paragraphs
11003 \begin_layout Standard
11009 \begin_inset Index idx
11012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11018 is a variable space, set so that the space is maximal within one page.
11019 An example: You have only two short paragraphs on one page with a vfill
11021 Then the first paragraph is placed at the top of the page and the second
11022 one at the bottom, because the space between them is then maximal.
11031 s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
11035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11040 s are described in section
11041 \begin_inset space ~
11045 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11047 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
11056 If there are several
11060 s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
11061 You can therefore use
11065 s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page.
11068 \begin_layout Standard
11073 are custom spaces in units explained in Appendix
11074 \begin_inset space ~
11078 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11080 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
11087 \begin_layout Standard
11088 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11091 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11098 When the extra vertical space would be in the output at the top/bottom of
11099 a page, the space is only added if you have also checked the option
11111 \begin_layout Subsection
11112 Paragraph Alignment
11115 \begin_layout Standard
11116 You can change the paragraph alignment with the
11118 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11122 There are five possibilities:
11125 \begin_layout Itemize
11133 arg "paragraph-params \\align block"
11139 \begin_layout Itemize
11147 arg "paragraph-params \\align left"
11153 \begin_layout Itemize
11161 arg "paragraph-params \\align right"
11167 \begin_layout Itemize
11175 arg "paragraph-params \\align center"
11181 \begin_layout Itemize
11189 arg "paragraph-params \\align default"
11195 \begin_layout Standard
11196 The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
11197 spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
11198 the left and right margins.
11199 The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
11202 \begin_layout Standard
11204 This paragraph is right aligned,
11207 \begin_layout Standard
11209 this one is centered,
11212 \begin_layout Standard
11214 this one is left aligned.
11217 \begin_layout Subsection
11219 \begin_inset Index idx
11222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11223 Page breaks ! Forced
11229 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11231 name "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
11238 \begin_layout Standard
11239 If you don't like the way LaTeX does the page breaks in your document, you
11240 can force a page break where you want one.
11241 Normally this will not be necessary, because LaTeX is good at page breaking.
11242 Only if you use a lot of
11246 , LaTeX's page breaking algorithm can fail.
11249 \begin_layout Standard
11250 We recommend not to use forced page breaks until the text is finished and
11251 until you have checked in the preview to see if you
11255 have to change the page breaking.
11258 \begin_layout Standard
11259 There are two types of page breaks: One that ends the page without any special
11261 This can be inserted above or below a paragraph via the menu
11263 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11264 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11266 \begin_inset space ~
11272 The second type, that is inserted via the menu
11274 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11275 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11277 \begin_inset space ~
11282 , ends a page but stretches the content of the page, so that it fills out
11284 This type is useful to avoid whitespace when a page break produces a page
11285 on which only the last few lines are absent.
11288 \begin_layout Standard
11289 You might try to use a page break to ensure that a figure or table appears
11290 at the top of a page.
11291 This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
11292 LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
11293 appear at the top of a page (or the bottom, or on their own page) without
11294 having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
11296 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11298 reference "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
11302 to learn more about
11309 \begin_layout Subsubsection
11311 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11313 name "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
11318 \begin_inset Index idx
11321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11322 Page breaks ! Clear
11330 \begin_layout Standard
11331 Rather than forced page breaks where the content behind the break is placed
11332 directly on the next page, you can also clear pages while breaking them.
11333 That means that the current paragraph is terminated and everything, including
11334 unprocessed floats, from the earlier part of the document are placed behind
11335 it, if necessary by adding pages.
11338 \begin_layout Standard
11339 You can insert a clear page break with the menu
11341 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11342 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11344 \begin_inset space ~
11350 When you have a two-sided document like a book, you can use the menu
11352 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11353 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11355 \begin_inset space ~
11359 \begin_inset space ~
11364 to insert a clear page break that assures that the next page is a right-hand
11365 page (odd-numbered), if necessary by adding a page.
11368 \begin_layout Subsection
11370 \begin_inset Index idx
11373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11380 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11382 name "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
11389 \begin_layout Standard
11390 Similar to page breaks there are two types of line breaks: One that simply
11392 You can force this line break within a paragraph by selecting
11394 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11395 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11397 \begin_inset space ~
11401 \begin_inset space ~
11409 arg "newline-insert newline"
11413 Another type that is inserted via the menu
11415 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11416 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11418 \begin_inset space ~
11422 \begin_inset space ~
11427 breaks the line and stretches it so that it fills out the whole space between
11429 This is necessary to avoid
11430 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11434 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11437 in justified paragraphs due to whitespace introduced by line breaks.
11440 \begin_layout Standard
11441 You shouldn't use forced line breaks to correct LaTeX's line breaking, as
11442 LaTeX is very good at line breaking.
11443 There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively
11444 set a line break, e.
11445 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11449 \begin_inset space \space{}
11452 in a poem or for an address (see sections
11453 \begin_inset space ~
11457 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11459 reference "sec:Quote"
11464 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11466 reference "sec:Verse"
11471 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11473 reference "sec:Address-Usage"
11480 \begin_layout Subsection
11482 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11484 name "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
11489 \begin_inset Index idx
11492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11501 \begin_layout Standard
11503 \begin_inset CommandInset line
11514 \begin_layout Standard
11517 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11518 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11520 \begin_inset space ~
11525 you can insert horizontal lines.
11526 The line offset is the vertical distance between the line and the baseline
11527 of the current text line or the paragraph.
11530 \begin_layout Standard
11532 \begin_inset CommandInset line
11543 \begin_layout Section
11544 Characters and Symbols
11547 \begin_layout Standard
11548 You can directly enter all characters that are available on your keyboard.
11549 You can also use special keyboard maps to be able to enter e.
11550 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11554 \begin_inset space \space{}
11557 characters needed for French with an English keyboard.
11559 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11563 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11565 reference "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
11569 for information on how this is done.
11572 \begin_layout Standard
11573 For the case where you need a character that is not on your keyboard, you
11578 dialog via the menu
11580 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11581 Special Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11587 \begin_layout Standard
11588 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11596 Maybe not all symbols inserted with the symbols dialog can be displayed
11597 when you are using a special screen font in LyX's preferences.
11598 But the inserted symbols will in every case be displayed in the output.
11606 \begin_layout Section
11607 Fonts and Text Styles
11608 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11610 name "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
11617 \begin_layout Subsection
11619 \begin_inset Index idx
11622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11631 \begin_layout Standard
11632 There are two types of fonts:
11635 \begin_layout Description
11637 \begin_inset space ~
11641 \begin_inset Index idx
11644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11650 are fonts, built from outlines of the single glyphs (e.
11651 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11655 characters) in the font.
11656 This means that each glyph is defined using mathematical curves that are
11657 well suited for scaling to any requested size.
11658 This mathematical definition is interpreted by the font renderer and the
11659 curve is filled out with pixels according to the size and glyph.
11660 This means that vector fonts will look pretty good in all sizes.
11661 Only at very small sizes where each pixel has to be very carefully computed
11662 to provide a good image, it might be hard to provide a good rendering.
11663 \begin_inset Newline newline
11666 That could mean that one only needs to define one font size and scale them.
11667 But to achieve a better quality, many fonts define several font sizes.
11668 That improves the appearance because you need more details at large font
11669 sizes than at small ones.
11670 \begin_inset Newline newline
11684 \begin_inset space ~
11692 \begin_layout Description
11694 \begin_inset space ~
11698 \begin_inset Index idx
11701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11707 on the other hand, are defined by bitmap graphics from the start, so they
11708 will look good at all the sizes they are meant for.
11709 However, they don't scale well, because in order to scale a glyph, each
11710 pixel is enlarged into several pixels.
11711 It is the same effect that happens if you try to enlarge a picture in a
11712 picture manipulation program.
11713 In order to relieve this effect, bitmap fonts are typically provided in
11714 several fixed sizes typically from around 8 pixels high up to 34 pixels
11715 or so high in steps according to what is believed to be useful.
11716 The advantage of bitmap fonts is that no complicated computations are necessary
11717 to display each glyph, so bitmap fonts are thus faster displayed than scalable
11719 The disadvantage is that sizes that don't exist as fixed versions have
11720 to be scaled by doubling pixels, and thus look bad.
11721 \begin_inset Newline newline
11724 Bitmap fonts are named
11727 \begin_inset space ~
11732 in PostScript- and PDF-documents.
11735 \begin_layout Standard
11736 The result of all this is that bitmap fonts are best for the size they are
11737 designed for, while scalable fonts are good for nearly all sizes.
11738 So one needs fewer font size definitions for scalable fonts.
11739 That's the reason why nearly all text rendering and typesetting programs
11740 use scalable fonts.
11743 \begin_layout Standard
11744 To test which fonts are used in a PDF-document, you can have a look into
11745 its document properties.
11748 \begin_layout Standard
11749 Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
11750 specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
11751 For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
11752 font to emphasize text, you use an
11753 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11757 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11761 This concept fits in perfectly with LyX.
11762 In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
11766 \begin_layout Subsection
11768 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11770 name "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
11777 \begin_layout Standard
11778 Traditionally, LaTeX uses its own fonts.
11779 That is to say, you cannot directly access the fonts installed on your
11780 operating system, but you have to use specific fonts provided by your LaTeX
11782 The reason is that LaTeX needs some extra information about the fonts,
11783 which have to be provided by additional files and packages.
11784 The downside of this is that your font choice is somewhat limited, compared
11785 to usual word processors.
11786 On the other hand this comes with the advantage that the provided fonts
11787 are generally of very good quality, and that LaTeX files are very portable
11788 across different machines.
11789 Also, the range of fonts supported by traditional LaTeX was increased a
11790 lot meanwhile so that you can find packages for many free and commercial
11792 In LyX, only a subset of these are directly selectable via the user interface
11794 \begin_inset space ~
11798 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11800 reference "sub:Document-Font"
11805 However, all others are available if you enter the respective LaTeX code
11806 in the document preamble (please refer to the documentation of your desired
11810 \begin_layout Standard
11811 Furthermore, recent developments brought some new LaTeX engines that are
11812 also able to directly access fonts that are installed for your operating
11813 system (OS), namely XeTeX and LuaTeX.
11814 Both engines are now supported by LyX.
11815 By using them, you can use theoretically any OpenType or TrueType font
11816 that is installed on your system.
11817 The next section describes how to use these OS fonts.
11820 \begin_layout Standard
11821 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11829 In practice, some fonts might fail due to bad metrics and other font deficienci
11830 es; so you might have to experiment.
11838 \begin_layout Standard
11839 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11847 XeTeX and especially LuaTeX, are still rather new and thus not as mature
11848 as traditional LaTeX or PDFTeX.
11856 \begin_layout Subsection
11857 Document Font and Font size
11858 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11860 name "sub:Document-Font"
11865 \begin_inset Index idx
11868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11875 \begin_inset Index idx
11878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11887 \begin_layout Standard
11888 You can set the document fonts in the
11890 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11894 \begin_inset Index idx
11897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11898 Document ! Settings
11908 section of the dialog, you can specify which font should be used for the
11909 three different font shapes — roman (serif),
11912 \begin_inset space ~
11921 (monospaced) — you can specify the base font size and scaling factors for
11922 (some) sans serif and typewriter fonts if this is necessary to fit with
11926 \begin_layout Standard
11933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11942 , you will have access to the fonts installed on your operating system.
11943 This requires that you use
11949 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11964 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11988 as output format, i.
11989 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11993 \begin_inset space ~
11996 you will have to have either XeTeX or LuaTeX installed (see section
11997 \begin_inset space ~
12001 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12003 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
12008 You will then not have access to TeX's own fonts (the selection described
12010 Note that LyX lists all available fonts in either of the three lists (roman,
12012 \begin_inset space ~
12015 serif, and typewriter), since LyX cannot determine the family.
12016 Also note that the output might fail with some of the listed fonts, due
12017 to the encoding of the fonts and\SpecialChar \slash{}
12019 Again, LyX cannot determine this in advance, so you might need to experiment.
12022 \begin_layout Standard
12023 If you use TeX fonts (which is the default), the possible options for the
12028 and a list of fonts available with your LaTeX distribution.
12033 the font that is preset by the current document class is used.
12034 In most cases, this will be the standard TeX font, known as
12035 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12043 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12051 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12056 European Computer Modern
12059 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12066 ), but some classes preset different default fonts.
12069 \begin_layout Standard
12078 are bitmap fonts, they often looks pixelated in PDF output, especially
12079 when you read the PDF in a zoomed size.
12083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12084 This problem doesn't appear if you read PDFs in
12087 \begin_inset space ~
12092 version 6 or later, because this program includes a special bitmap font
12098 To get rid of pixelated fonts, you have to use a vector font.
12099 Depending on how your document should look like, you can either:
12102 \begin_layout Itemize
12111 ) fonts, which is the recommended choice if you want to keep the look of
12125 was developed for the LaTeX community in order to replace
12129 as the default font.
12130 It covers a huge range of glyphs and several font shapes.
12131 Except for some details, where the appearance was improved,
12143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12144 One difference is improved kerning for the
12156 \begin_layout Itemize
12165 ) fonts in (the rare) case that
12169 is not available to you or does not work, and you still want to emulate
12184 Virtual means that it
12185 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12189 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12196 -glyphs from other fonts.
12197 This has the disadvantage that some characters are missing, like the French
12199 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12203 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12207 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12211 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12218 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12219 Loading the LaTeX-package
12224 \begin_inset Index idx
12227 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12228 LaTeX-packages ! aeguill
12233 with the document preamble line
12234 \begin_inset Newline newline
12241 usepackage[ec]{aeguill}
12242 \begin_inset Newline newline
12247 will fix the guillemet problem.
12252 and that accented characters are not
12256 glyph, but build of
12260 characters, the accent and the letter.
12261 Therefore you cannot search for words with accented characters in documents
12267 If you search for example for the French word
12268 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12272 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12275 in a PDF, you won't get any result, because the PDF-viewer searches for
12277 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12281 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12284 and not for the glyph
12285 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12289 \begin_inset space ~
12293 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12299 \begin_layout Itemize
12300 If you do not like the look of
12308 , you can of course select one of the other provided vector fonts, e.
12309 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12313 \begin_inset space ~
12327 Most roman vector fonts will automatically select matching sans
12328 \begin_inset space ~
12331 serif and typewriter fonts
12335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12336 These are sometimes just matching other fonts (e.
12337 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12348 for sans serif text), and sometimes, e.
12349 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12361 , different shapes of the same font, i.
12362 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12375 , but you can also select your own.
12376 \begin_inset Newline newline
12379 The differences between roman,
12382 \begin_inset space ~
12391 fonts are explained in section
12392 \begin_inset space ~
12396 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12398 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
12403 \begin_inset Newline newline
12410 was originally designed for newspapers.
12411 That means its glyphs are smaller than the ones from other fonts to fit
12412 into the small newspaper columns.
12417 is not the optimal choice for larger documents like books.
12418 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
12421 For the font size there are generally four possible values:
12434 Some classes provide additional sizes.
12439 depends on the class you are using.
12440 In the standard classes it is equal to the font size 10.
12443 \begin_layout Standard
12444 Note that the font size is the
12449 That means that LyX scales all other possible font sizes (such as those
12450 used in footnotes, super-, and subscripts) by this value.
12451 You can fine-tune the font size of text parts via the
12454 \begin_inset space ~
12460 The possible font sizes for text parts are explained in section
12461 \begin_inset space ~
12465 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12467 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
12474 \begin_layout Standard
12479 selection lets you specify whether the base font of your document should
12481 \begin_inset space ~
12484 serif or typewriter.
12489 selection uses what is preset by the class, the other selections override
12499 , but some classes (such as presentation classes) also use other defaults.
12502 \begin_layout Standard
12511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12520 selection is an expert setting which lets you change the value passed to
12526 \begin_inset space ~
12530 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12532 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
12537 Normally, you do not need to change (or even understand) this.
12538 Unless you have specific reasons, use
12545 \begin_layout Standard
12546 With some fonts, the checkboxes
12548 Use Old Style Figures
12552 Use True Small Caps
12555 These are extra features some fonts provide.
12558 Use Old Style Figures
12560 is checked, the font uses old style (also known as medieval or text) figures,
12562 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12566 \begin_inset space ~
12569 figures with varying height that fit nicely with lower letters.
12572 Use True Small Caps
12574 determines that real small caps are used instead of faked small caps made
12575 of scaled capitals.
12576 Real small caps are often part of expert font sets; they generally look
12577 better than faked small caps but might have to be purchased separately.
12580 \begin_layout Standard
12585 allows users of the languages Chinese, Japanese, Korean (CJK) to specify
12586 a font to display the script characters.
12590 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12591 The font will be the argument for the commands of the LaTeX-package
12596 So this has no effect for the document language
12612 \begin_layout Standard
12613 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
12617 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
12620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12625 When you choose a new font or font size, LyX does
12629 change the screen font! You will only see a difference in the printed output;
12630 this is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
12631 LyX's screen fonts can be adjusted in the
12633 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12636 dialog, see section
12637 \begin_inset space ~
12641 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12643 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
12655 \begin_layout Subsection
12656 Using Different Character Styles
12657 \begin_inset Index idx
12660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12667 \begin_inset Index idx
12670 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12679 \begin_layout Standard
12680 As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
12681 certain paragraph environments.
12682 LyX supports two character styles,
12691 You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
12695 \begin_layout Standard
12700 style, do one of the following:
12703 \begin_layout Itemize
12704 click on the toolbar button
12713 \begin_layout Itemize
12714 use the key binding
12723 \begin_layout Standard
12724 These commands are all toggles.
12729 style is already active, they deactivate it.
12732 \begin_layout Standard
12733 One typically uses the
12737 style for proper names.
12739 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12746 is the original author of LyX.
12747 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12753 \begin_layout Standard
12754 A more widely used character style is the
12759 You can activate (or deactivate — it's also a toggle) the
12766 \begin_layout Itemize
12767 clicking on the toolbar button
12776 \begin_layout Itemize
12777 using the keybindings
12786 \begin_layout Standard
12791 style is equivalent to an italic font but some document classes or LaTeX-packag
12792 es use a different font.
12795 \begin_layout Standard
12796 We've been using the
12800 style all over the place in this document.
12801 Here's one more example:
12804 \begin_layout Quotation
12807 Don't overuse character styles!
12810 \begin_layout Standard
12811 It's also a warning in addition to an example.
12812 One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
12813 Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
12814 the common tendency to overuse character style.
12818 \begin_layout Standard
12819 You can always reset to the default font using the key binding
12827 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12829 \begin_inset space ~
12837 \begin_layout Subsection
12838 Fine-Tuning with the
12843 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12845 name "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
12850 \begin_inset Index idx
12853 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12862 \begin_layout Standard
12863 There are always occasions when you will need to do some fine-tuning, so
12864 LyX gives you a way to create a custom character style.
12865 For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
12866 requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
12867 Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
12868 from ordinary dialog.
12871 \begin_layout Standard
12872 Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
12873 warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles!
12874 \begin_inset Newline newline
12877 Documents that overuse different fonts and sizes are not well readable and
12878 tend to look as if someone has knocked huge holes in them.
12881 \begin_layout Standard
12882 To use custom character styles, open the
12884 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12886 \begin_inset space ~
12889 Style\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12890 Customized\SpecialChar \ldots{}
12894 There are several boxes on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
12895 font property which you can choose.
12896 You can choose an option for one of these properties, or select
12899 \begin_inset space ~
12904 , which keeps the current state of that property.
12909 will reset the property to whatever is the default.
12910 You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
12911 environments in a snap.
12914 \begin_layout Standard
12915 The font properties, and their options (in addition to
12918 \begin_inset space ~
12930 \begin_layout Labeling
12931 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12937 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12941 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12945 The possible options are:
12949 \begin_layout Labeling
12950 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12955 This is the Roman font family.
12956 Normally a serif font.
12957 It's also the default family.
12967 \begin_layout Labeling
12968 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12972 \begin_inset space ~
12979 This is the Sans Serif font family.
12991 \begin_layout Labeling
12992 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12999 This is the Typewriter font family.
13005 arg "font-typewriter"
13014 \begin_layout Labeling
13015 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13020 This corresponds to the print weight.
13025 \begin_layout Labeling
13026 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13031 This is the Medium font series.
13032 It's also the default series.
13035 \begin_layout Labeling
13036 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13043 This is the Bold font series.
13056 \begin_layout Labeling
13057 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13062 As the name implies.
13067 \begin_layout Labeling
13068 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13073 This is the Upright font shape.
13074 It's also the default shape.
13077 \begin_layout Labeling
13078 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13092 s the Italic font shape
13098 \begin_layout Labeling
13099 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13106 This is the Slanted font shape
13108 (although it might not be visible in LyX, this is different from italic).
13111 \begin_layout Labeling
13112 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13116 \begin_inset space ~
13123 This is the Small caps font shape
13130 \begin_layout Labeling
13131 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13136 Alters the size of the font.
13137 You'll find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually proportio
13138 nal to the document font size.
13139 Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
13140 what you want to do.
13145 \begin_layout Labeling
13146 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13154 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13158 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13167 arg "font-size tiny"
13173 \begin_layout Labeling
13174 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13182 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13186 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13195 arg "font-size scriptsize"
13201 \begin_layout Labeling
13202 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13210 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13214 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13223 arg "font-size footnotesize"
13229 \begin_layout Labeling
13230 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13238 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13242 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13251 arg "font-size small"
13257 \begin_layout Labeling
13258 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13264 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13268 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13272 It's also the default size.
13276 arg "font-size normal"
13282 \begin_layout Labeling
13283 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13291 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13295 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13304 arg "font-size large"
13310 \begin_layout Labeling
13311 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13319 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13323 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13332 arg "font-size larger"
13338 \begin_layout Labeling
13339 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13347 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13351 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13360 arg "font-size largest"
13366 \begin_layout Labeling
13367 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13375 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13379 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13388 arg "font-size huge"
13394 \begin_layout Labeling
13395 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13403 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13407 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13416 arg "font-size giant"
13422 \begin_layout Labeling
13423 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13428 This increases the size by one step (for instance, from
13429 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13433 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13437 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13441 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13448 arg "font-size increase"
13454 \begin_layout Labeling
13455 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13460 This decreases the size by one step (for instance, from
13461 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13465 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13469 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13473 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13480 arg "font-size decrease"
13487 \begin_layout Standard
13492 : don't go crazy with this feature.
13493 You should almost never need to change the font size.
13494 LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
13495 — use that instead.
13496 This is here for fine-tuning only!
13499 \begin_layout Labeling
13500 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13505 Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
13510 \begin_layout Labeling
13511 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13518 This is text with emphasize on
13521 This might seem like the same as
13525 , but it is actually a bit different.
13531 That means every document class can define its own font used for emphasized
13533 Normally this font is equal to italic.
13536 \begin_layout Labeling
13537 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13544 This is text with Underbar on.
13550 arg "font-underline"
13556 \begin_inset Newline newline
13561 Avoid using underbar if you can! It's a hangover from the typewriter days,
13562 when you couldn't change fonts.
13563 We no longer need to emphasize text by underscoring characters.
13564 It's only included in LyX because some people
13568 need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions.
13571 \begin_layout Labeling
13572 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13576 \begin_inset space ~
13583 This is text with Double underbar on.
13589 arg "font-underunderline"
13593 \begin_inset Newline newline
13596 If we just warned you against using underbar, you can imagine what we think
13597 about double underbar.
13600 \begin_layout Labeling
13601 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13605 \begin_inset space ~
13612 This is text with Wavy underbar on.
13618 arg "font-underwave"
13622 \begin_inset Newline newline
13625 Use this only if a journal absolutely insists on it.
13626 Keep antinausea pills handy.
13629 \begin_layout Labeling
13630 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13637 This is text with Strikeout on.
13643 arg "font-strikeout"
13646 ) This is frequently used to indicate an older version of text that has
13650 \begin_layout Labeling
13651 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13658 This is text with Noun on.
13665 , this is a logical attribute.
13666 Normally it's equivalent to
13669 \begin_inset space ~
13678 \begin_layout Labeling
13679 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13684 You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
13685 Notice that not all DVI-viewers are able to display colors.
13689 \begin_inset space ~
13694 , which is the default
13695 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13699 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13702 and means normally black, you can choose between
13735 \begin_inset Index idx
13738 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13747 \begin_layout Labeling
13748 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13753 This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
13754 the language of the document.
13755 Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change
13759 \begin_layout Standard
13760 So you have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
13761 Once you've chosen a new character style via the
13763 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13765 \begin_inset space ~
13770 dialog, the settings are saved.
13771 You can activate them using the toolbar button
13774 arg "textstyle-apply"
13778 The button lets you apply your custom character style even when the dialog
13783 \begin_layout Standard
13784 To completely reset the character style to the default, use
13791 If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
13792 (suppose you just set the shape to
13793 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13797 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13801 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13805 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13811 \begin_inset space ~
13823 \begin_layout Standard
13824 You should also know something about the differences between the three main
13832 \begin_inset space ~
13844 \begin_layout Itemize
13850 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13854 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13857 font, that means every character has the same width, the
13858 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13862 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13866 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13870 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13875 \begin_inset Newline newline
13879 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
13882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13893 \begin_inset Note Note
13896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13897 For more on phantoms see section
13898 \begin_inset space ~
13902 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13904 reference "sub:More-Spaces"
13914 \begin_inset Newline newline
13920 \begin_layout Itemize
13925 fonts use characters with serifs.
13926 These are the small
13927 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13931 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13934 at the ends of the strokes that form the character.
13935 The following example will show the difference:
13936 \begin_inset Newline newline
13940 \begin_inset Newline newline
13945 text without serifs
13948 \begin_inset Newline newline
13951 Serifs facilitate quick and easy reading.
13952 These fonts are therefore used as default (named
13959 \begin_layout Itemize
13965 This font type is therefore often used for headings and short texts.
13966 We use it in this document to highlight menu names.
13969 \begin_layout Standard
13970 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13974 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13977 refers to applying or removing font properties.
13978 When a property is marked for toggling in the Text Style dialog, applying
13979 the style to text that already has the property will cause the property
13981 If you apply a style with properties A, B and C to text that currently
13982 has font properties B, C, F and G, and if B is set to toggle and C is set
13983 not to toggle, the text ends up with properties A, C, F and G.
13985 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13989 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13993 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13997 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14000 mean that you do not control the toggling behavior.
14001 For the properties on the left side of the dialog (
14002 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14006 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14009 etc.), toggling behavior is up to you.
14011 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14015 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14018 is checked, all of the left side properties are toggled; by default, none
14021 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14025 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14030 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14034 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14038 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14042 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14046 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14050 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14053 , then apply the style to bold face text, the text will revert to the default
14055 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14059 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14062 ), no matter how many times you apply the style.
14066 \begin_layout Standard
14067 We conclude with the same warning once again: Don't overuse the fonts.
14068 They are, more often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing.
14071 \begin_layout Section
14072 Printing and Previewing
14075 \begin_layout Subsection
14079 \begin_layout Standard
14080 Now that we have covered some of the basic features of document preparation
14081 using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
14082 Before we tell you that, we want to give you a quick explanation of what
14083 goes on behind-the-scenes.
14084 We cover this information in much greater detail in the
14086 Additional Features
14091 \begin_layout Standard
14092 LyX uses the program LaTeX as its backend.
14093 LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system, but to prevent
14094 confusion, we'll only refer to LaTeX.
14095 LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
14096 Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
14097 This happens in two stages:
14100 \begin_layout Enumerate
14101 First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
14102 generating a file with the extension,
14103 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14111 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14117 \begin_layout Enumerate
14118 Next, LaTeX uses the commands in the
14122 file to produce printable output.
14126 \begin_layout Subsection
14127 Output file formats
14128 \begin_inset Index idx
14131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14138 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14140 name "sub:Output-file-formats"
14147 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14148 Simple text (ASCII)
14149 \begin_inset Index idx
14152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14153 File formats ! ASCII
14161 \begin_layout Standard
14162 This file type has the extension
14163 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14171 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14175 It contains your document as plain text following the rules of the
14176 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14179 American Standard Code for Information Interchange
14180 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14186 \begin_layout Standard
14187 You can export your document to ASCII by the menu
14189 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14190 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14192 \begin_inset space ~
14199 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14200 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14202 \begin_inset space ~
14206 \begin_inset space ~
14212 The latter will first internally export to PostScript and then do the conversio
14216 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14218 \begin_inset Index idx
14221 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14222 File formats ! LaTeX
14230 \begin_layout Standard
14231 This file type has the extension
14232 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14240 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14243 and contains all commands that are necessary for the LaTeX program to process
14245 If you know LaTeX, you can use it to find out LaTeX-Errors or to process
14246 it manually with console commands.
14247 The LaTeX-file is automatically created in LyX's temporary directory whenever
14248 you view or export your document.
14251 \begin_layout Standard
14252 You can export your document as LaTeX-file using the menu
14254 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14255 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14272 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14274 \begin_inset Index idx
14277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14286 \begin_layout Standard
14287 This file type has the extension
14288 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14296 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14301 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14305 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14308 (DVI), because it is completely portable; you can move them from one machine
14309 to another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
14310 DVIs are used for quick previews and as pre-stage for other output formats,
14314 \begin_layout Standard
14315 DVI files do not contain images, they only link them.
14316 So don't forget to deliver the images together with your DVIs.
14317 Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the image in the background to make
14318 it visible when you scroll the DVI, this can slow down your computer when
14320 So we recommend to use PDF for files with many images.
14323 \begin_layout Standard
14324 You can export your document to DVI by the menu
14326 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14327 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14332 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14333 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14335 \begin_inset space ~
14342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14352 The latter option uses the program
14361 is an engine that provides direct Unicode support and support for direct
14362 font access (see section
14363 \begin_inset space ~
14367 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14369 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
14374 LuaTeX is still work in progress, but it might develop into the next standard
14378 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14380 \begin_inset Index idx
14383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14384 File formats ! PostScript
14392 \begin_layout Standard
14393 This file type has the extension
14394 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14402 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14406 PostScript was developed by the company
14410 as a printer language.
14411 The file contains therefore commands that the printer uses to print the
14413 PostScript can be seen as a
14414 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14417 programming language
14418 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14421 ; you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images.
14425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14426 When you are interested to learn more about this, have a look at the LaTeX-packa
14432 \begin_inset Index idx
14435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14436 LaTeX-packages ! pstricks
14446 Due to this ability, the files are often bigger than PDFs.
14449 \begin_layout Standard
14450 PostScript can only contain images in the format
14451 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14454 Encapsulated PostScript
14455 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14458 (EPS, file extension
14459 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14467 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14471 As LyX allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has
14472 to convert them in the background to EPS.
14474 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14477 images in your document, LyX has to do 50
14478 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14481 conversions whenever you view or export your document.
14482 This will slow down your workflow with LyX drastically.
14483 So if you plan to use PostScript, you can insert your images directly as
14484 EPS to avoid this problem.
14487 \begin_layout Standard
14488 You can export your document to PostScript using the menu
14490 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14491 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14497 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14499 \begin_inset Index idx
14502 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14509 \begin_inset Index idx
14512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14521 \begin_layout Standard
14522 This file type has the extension
14523 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14531 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14536 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14539 Portable Document Format
14540 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14547 was derived from PostScript.
14548 It is more compressed and it uses fewer commands than PostScript.
14550 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14554 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14557 implies, it can be processed at any computer system and the printed output
14558 looks exactly the same.
14561 \begin_layout Standard
14562 PDF can contain images in its own PDF format and in the formats
14563 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14566 Joint Photographic Experts Group
14567 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14570 (JPG, file extension
14571 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14579 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14583 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14591 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14595 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14598 Portable Network Graphics
14599 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14602 (PNG, file extension
14603 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14611 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14615 You can although use any other image format, because LyX converts them
14616 in the background to one of these formats.
14617 But as described in the section about PostScript, the image conversion
14618 will slow down your workflow.
14619 So we recommend to use images in one of the three mentioned formats.
14622 \begin_layout Standard
14623 You can export your document to PDF via the menu
14625 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14628 in three different ways:
14631 \begin_layout Description
14632 PDF This uses the program
14636 that creates a PDF from a PostScript-version of your file.
14637 The PostScript-version is produced by the program
14641 which uses a DVI-version as intermediate step.
14642 So this export variant consist of three conversions.
14645 \begin_layout Description
14647 \begin_inset space ~
14650 (dvipdfm) This uses the program
14654 that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to
14658 \begin_layout Description
14660 \begin_inset space ~
14663 (pdflatex) This uses the program
14667 that converts your file directly to PDF.
14670 \begin_layout Description
14672 \begin_inset space ~
14679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14686 X) This uses the program
14690 that converts your file directly to PDF.
14695 is a new engine that provides direct Unicode support and support for direct
14696 font access (see section
14697 \begin_inset space ~
14701 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14703 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
14708 It is particularly good at typesetting different scripts.
14711 \begin_layout Description
14713 \begin_inset space ~
14720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14727 X) This uses the program
14731 that converts your file directly to PDF.
14736 is an even newer engine, derived from
14740 , that also provides direct Unicode support and support for direct font
14741 access (see section
14742 \begin_inset space ~
14746 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14748 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
14753 LuaTeX is still work in progress, but it might develop into the next standard
14757 \begin_layout Standard
14758 We recommend to use
14761 \begin_inset space ~
14770 supports all the features of actual PDF-versions, is quick, stable, and
14771 works without problems.
14772 If you rely on multiscript support and\SpecialChar \slash{}
14773 or specific OpenType fonts, you might
14777 \begin_inset space ~
14784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14796 \begin_inset space ~
14803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14812 instead, bearing in mind that these two programs are not yet as mature
14820 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14822 \begin_inset Index idx
14825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14826 FileFormats ! XHTML
14832 \begin_inset Index idx
14835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14844 \begin_layout Standard
14845 This file type has the extension
14846 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14854 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14858 It is a file suitable for viewing in web browsers.
14859 It does not itself contain images and the like but only links them, and
14860 when LyX produces XHTML, it also generates corresponding images in formats
14861 suitable for the purpose.
14862 Math is output as MathML, which renders nicely in browsers that support
14863 it, but not all do.
14866 \begin_layout Standard
14867 XHTML output remains
14868 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14872 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14875 , and not all LyX features are supported yet.
14877 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14880 LyX and the World Wide Web
14881 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14886 Additional Features
14888 manual, for more information.
14891 \begin_layout Standard
14892 You can export your document as an XHTML file using the menu item
14894 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14895 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14901 \begin_layout Subsection
14903 \begin_inset Index idx
14906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14915 \begin_layout Standard
14916 To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the page
14917 breaks in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu
14926 or the toolbar button
14933 A viewing program will pop up showing the output in the defined default
14934 output format, which is globally set in the preferences (see sec.
14935 \begin_inset space ~
14939 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14941 reference "sec:File-Formats"
14945 ) and can also be altered for single documents in the document settings
14947 \begin_inset space ~
14951 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14953 reference "sec:Doc-Output"
14958 Further output formats can be selected via
14960 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14963 or the toolbar button
14964 \begin_inset Graphics
14965 filename ../images/view-others.png
14967 groupId toolbarbuttons
14974 \begin_layout Standard
14975 If you have changed your document, you can refresh the output in the same
14976 viewer window using the menu
14978 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14983 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14984 Update (Other Formats)
14989 \begin_layout Standard
14990 When you preview a file, the output file is only generated in LyX's temporary
14992 To have a real output, export your document.
14995 \begin_layout Subsection
14996 Printing the File from within LyX
14997 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14999 name "sub:Printing-the-File"
15006 \begin_layout Standard
15007 Instead of exporting your file and then printing it, you can also print
15008 it directly from within LyX.
15009 To print a file, select the menu
15011 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15014 or click on the toolbar button
15017 arg "dialog-show print"
15021 LyX will internally call LaTeX to produce a DVI.
15022 This file is then processed by the program
15026 to PostScript-file, which is finally printed using the program
15031 Due to these steps in the background, this method is not the fastest.
15034 \begin_layout Standard
15035 You can choose to print only even-numbered or odd-numbered pages — this
15036 is useful for printing on two sides: You can re-insert the pages after
15037 printing one set to print on the other side.
15038 Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
15039 By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
15040 of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
15043 \begin_layout Standard
15044 You can set the parameters in the
15047 \begin_inset space ~
15055 \begin_layout Labeling
15056 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
15061 This is the name of the printer to print to.
15065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15066 Note that this printer name is for the program
15075 has to be configured for this printer name.
15076 The default printer can be set in LyX's preferences dialog, see section
15077 \begin_inset space ~
15081 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15083 reference "sub:Printer"
15092 The printer should understand PostScript.
15095 \begin_layout Labeling
15096 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
15101 The name of a file to print to.
15102 The output will be a PostScript file.
15103 It will be written in LyX's working directory unless you specify the full
15107 \begin_layout Section
15108 A few Words about Typography
15109 \begin_inset Index idx
15112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15121 \begin_layout Subsection
15123 \begin_inset Index idx
15126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15135 \begin_layout Standard
15137 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15145 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15148 character comes in four lengths: the
15160 , and the minus sign:
15161 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
15167 \begin_layout Standard
15168 \begin_inset Tabular
15169 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="3">
15170 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
15171 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
15172 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
15173 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
15174 <row interlinespace="3mm">
15175 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
15178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15184 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
15187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15193 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
15196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15203 <row interlinespace="3mm">
15204 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15213 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15222 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15226 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15234 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15243 <row interlinespace="3mm">
15244 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15253 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15262 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15268 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15270 \begin_inset space ~
15273 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15280 <row interlinespace="3mm">
15281 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15284 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15290 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15299 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15305 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15307 \begin_inset space ~
15310 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15318 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15327 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15331 \begin_inset Formula $-$
15339 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15343 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15351 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15365 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
15371 \begin_layout Standard
15372 You can alternatively generate the en and em dash by inserting the
15373 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15381 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15384 character multiple times in a row.
15385 They will automatically be converted to the appropriate length dash in
15386 the final output, but not in LyX.
15388 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15392 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15396 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15400 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15404 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15408 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15412 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15418 \begin_layout Standard
15419 The three dash types are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in
15420 math mode and has a length of its own.
15421 Here are some examples of the
15422 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15430 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15436 \begin_layout Enumerate
15437 line- and page-breaks
15438 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
15448 \begin_layout Enumerate
15450 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
15460 \begin_layout Enumerate
15461 Oh — there's a dash.
15462 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
15472 \begin_layout Enumerate
15473 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
15477 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
15487 \begin_layout Subsection
15489 \begin_inset Index idx
15492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15499 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15501 name "sub:Hyphenation"
15508 \begin_layout Standard
15509 Words aren't hyphenated within LyX but automatically in the output.
15510 Hyphenation is done by the LaTeX-package
15515 \begin_inset Index idx
15518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15519 LaTeX-packages ! babel
15524 following the rules of the document language.
15527 \begin_layout Standard
15528 LaTeX hyphenates almost perfectly, it only has problems with text in the
15533 font and with unusual constructs, like
15534 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15538 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15542 If LaTeX can't break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points manually.
15543 This is done with the menu
15545 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15546 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15548 \begin_inset space ~
15554 These extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
15555 If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will ignore them.
15558 \begin_layout Standard
15559 Sometimes you want to prevent words or constructs from being hyphenated.
15560 Imagine that you are describing keybindings/shortcuts in your document
15562 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15566 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15570 LaTeX would then see the hyphen
15571 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15575 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15578 as a hyphenation possibility.
15579 Hyphenating at this point would look ugly.
15580 To prevent the shortcut from being hyphenated, you can put it into a makebox
15581 as described in section
15582 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15585 Prevent Hyphenation
15586 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15596 \begin_layout Subsection
15598 \begin_inset Index idx
15601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15610 \begin_layout Subsubsection
15611 Abbreviations and End of Sentence
15612 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15614 name "sub:Abbreviations"
15621 \begin_layout Standard
15622 When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
15623 automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
15624 LaTeX then adds the
15625 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15628 appropriate amount of space
15629 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15633 That means sentences get a little bit more space between the period and
15635 Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period as a word uses.
15638 \begin_layout Standard
15639 Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation does
15640 not work in all cases.
15642 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15650 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15653 is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
15654 at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
15657 \begin_layout Standard
15658 Here are some examples of
15662 abbreviations and the end of a sentence:
15665 \begin_layout Itemize
15670 \begin_layout Itemize
15675 \begin_layout Standard
15676 And here's an example of the algorithm going wrong:
15679 \begin_layout Itemize
15681 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15685 this is too much space!
15688 \begin_layout Itemize
15693 \begin_layout Standard
15694 You won't see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
15697 \begin_layout Standard
15698 To fix this problem, use one of the following:
15701 \begin_layout Enumerate
15705 \begin_inset space ~
15710 after lowercase abbreviations (see section
15711 \begin_inset space ~
15715 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15717 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
15722 \begin_inset Index idx
15725 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15726 Spaces ! inter-word
15734 \begin_layout Enumerate
15738 \begin_inset space ~
15743 between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section
15744 \begin_inset space ~
15748 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15750 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
15755 \begin_inset Index idx
15758 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15767 \begin_layout Enumerate
15771 \begin_inset space ~
15775 \begin_inset space ~
15779 \begin_inset space ~
15786 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15788 \begin_inset space ~
15793 menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
15794 This function is also bound to
15797 arg "specialchar-insert end-of-sentence"
15803 \begin_layout Standard
15804 With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
15807 \begin_layout Itemize
15809 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15813 \begin_inset space \space{}
15816 this is too much space!
15819 \begin_layout Itemize
15820 This is I\SpecialChar \@.
15824 \begin_layout Standard
15825 Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
15826 If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry, because LaTeX
15827 will take care of this.
15830 \begin_layout Standard
15831 For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
15835 \begin_inset space ~
15840 feature described in section
15846 Additional Features
15851 \begin_layout Subsubsection
15853 \begin_inset Index idx
15856 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15857 Typography ! Quotes
15863 \begin_inset Index idx
15866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15897 \begin_layout Standard
15898 LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
15899 Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
15900 and use a closing quote at the end.
15902 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15906 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15910 The keyboard character,
15914 , generates this automatically.
15917 \begin_layout Standard
15918 You can change the behavior of the
15922 key using the submenu
15928 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15932 \begin_inset Index idx
15935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15936 Document ! Settings
15944 \begin_layout Standard
15945 You can also select quotes for different languages in the box
15950 There are six choices:
15953 \begin_layout Labeling
15954 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
15957 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15961 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15966 Use quotes like this
15967 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15971 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15975 \begin_inset Quotes els
15979 \begin_inset Quotes ers
15985 \begin_layout Labeling
15986 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
15989 \begin_inset Quotes sld
15993 \begin_inset Quotes srd
15999 \begin_inset Quotes sld
16003 \begin_inset Quotes srd
16007 \begin_inset Quotes ers
16013 \begin_layout Labeling
16014 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
16017 \begin_inset Quotes gld
16021 \begin_inset Quotes grd
16027 \begin_inset Quotes gld
16031 \begin_inset Quotes grd
16035 \begin_inset Quotes gls
16039 \begin_inset Quotes grs
16045 \begin_layout Labeling
16046 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
16049 \begin_inset Quotes pld
16053 \begin_inset Quotes prd
16059 \begin_inset Quotes pld
16063 \begin_inset Quotes prd
16067 \begin_inset Quotes pls
16071 \begin_inset Quotes prs
16077 \begin_layout Labeling
16078 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
16081 \begin_inset Quotes fld
16085 \begin_inset Quotes frd
16091 \begin_inset Quotes fld
16095 \begin_inset Quotes frd
16099 \begin_inset Quotes fls
16103 \begin_inset Quotes frs
16109 \begin_layout Labeling
16110 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
16113 \begin_inset Quotes ald
16117 \begin_inset Quotes ard
16123 \begin_inset Quotes ald
16127 \begin_inset Quotes ard
16131 \begin_inset Quotes als
16135 \begin_inset Quotes ars
16141 \begin_layout Standard
16142 These settings affect what character the
16149 \begin_layout Subsection
16151 \begin_inset Index idx
16154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16155 Typography ! Ligatures
16161 \begin_inset Index idx
16164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16180 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16193 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16195 name "sub:Ligatures"
16202 \begin_layout Standard
16203 It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
16204 print them as single characters.
16205 These groups are known as
16210 Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too
16212 Here are the standard ligatures:
16215 \begin_layout Itemize
16219 \begin_layout Itemize
16223 \begin_layout Itemize
16227 \begin_layout Itemize
16231 \begin_layout Itemize
16235 \begin_layout Standard
16236 Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them.
16239 \begin_layout Standard
16240 Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word.
16241 While a ligature may be okay in the word,
16242 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16246 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16249 it looks really weird in compound words, such as
16250 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16254 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16258 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16262 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16265 To break a ligature, use
16267 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16268 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16270 \begin_inset space ~
16277 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16281 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16285 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16288 cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
16290 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16294 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16298 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16302 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16305 Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
16307 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16313 \begin_layout Subsection
16315 \begin_inset Index idx
16318 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16325 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16327 name "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
16334 \begin_layout Standard
16335 You will certainly have noticed that the word “LaTeX” always appears with
16336 characters in different sizes and heights.
16337 LaTeX is the name of the program used by LyX and is therefore recognized
16338 as a proper name when you type it in LyX as
16339 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16354 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16358 \begin_inset Note Note
16361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16362 The braces in TeX Code are here to avoid that the
16363 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16367 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16370 appear as proper name in the output, see the last paragraph of this section.
16371 To create proper names omit the TeX Code.
16376 Note the order of the upper-and lowercase letters! LyX recognizes the following
16380 \begin_layout Description
16381 LyX The name of the game, write
16382 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16397 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16403 \begin_layout Description
16404 TeX The program used by LaTeX, write
16405 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16420 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16426 \begin_layout Description
16427 LaTeX The program used by LyX, write
16428 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16443 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16449 \begin_layout Description
16450 LaTeX2e The actual version of LaTeX, write
16451 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16466 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16472 \begin_layout Standard
16473 You might wonder why the LaTeX-version is
16474 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16478 \begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$
16482 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16486 It's an old tradition in the TeX-world to give programs geek version numbers.
16487 For example the version number of TeX converges to the number
16488 \begin_inset Formula $\pi$
16491 : The actual version is
16492 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16496 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16499 , the previous one was
16500 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16504 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16510 \begin_layout Standard
16511 If you don't want to use proper names, e.
16512 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16516 \begin_inset space \space{}
16519 in section headings, you can insert two empty braces in TeX Code in the
16521 This will look in LyX like:
16522 \begin_inset Graphics
16523 filename clipart/LaTeX.png
16529 \begin_inset Newline newline
16532 For more about TeX Code, look at section
16533 \begin_inset space ~
16537 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16539 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
16546 \begin_layout Subsection
16548 \begin_inset Index idx
16551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16560 \begin_layout Standard
16561 Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal
16562 space between two words.
16563 As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is
16566 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16570 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16573 for units use the menu
16575 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16576 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16578 \begin_inset space ~
16586 arg "space-insert thin"
16592 \begin_layout Standard
16593 Here's an example to show the differences:
16596 \begin_layout Standard
16597 \begin_inset Tabular
16598 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
16599 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
16600 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
16601 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
16603 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
16606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16608 \begin_inset space ~
16612 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
16620 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
16623 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16624 space between number and unit
16631 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
16634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16636 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16640 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
16648 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
16651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16652 half space between number and unit
16665 \begin_layout Subsection
16667 \begin_inset Index idx
16670 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16671 Typography ! Widows and orphans
16679 \begin_layout Standard
16680 In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
16682 There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
16683 You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
16684 for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
16685 of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
16686 of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
16687 These bits of text became known as
16698 \begin_layout Standard
16699 Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
16700 That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
16701 But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
16702 of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
16703 built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
16704 to specifically prevent widows and orphans.
16705 This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
16708 \begin_layout Standard
16709 There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
16710 or how you can tweak that behavior.
16711 Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography [such as
16712 \begin_inset space ~
16716 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
16718 key "latexcompanion"
16723 \begin_inset space ~
16727 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
16733 ] may have more information.
16734 You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
16737 \begin_layout Chapter
16738 Notes, Graphics, Tables, and Floats
16739 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16741 name "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
16748 \begin_layout Standard
16749 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
16754 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
16757 \begin_layout Section
16759 \begin_inset Index idx
16762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16769 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16778 \begin_layout Standard
16779 LyX offers you a few types of notes to add to your document:
16782 \begin_layout Description
16784 \begin_inset space ~
16787 Note This note type is for internal notes that won't appear in the output.
16788 \begin_inset Newline newline
16792 \begin_inset Note Note
16795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16796 This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output.
16804 \begin_layout Description
16805 Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it appears as LaTeX-comm
16806 ent, when you export the document to LaTeX via the menu
16808 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16809 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16810 LaTeX (pdflatex) / (plain)
16813 \begin_inset Newline newline
16817 \begin_inset Note Comment
16820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16821 This is text in a note box that only appears as comment in LaTeX-files.
16829 \begin_layout Description
16831 \begin_inset space ~
16834 Out This note will appear in the output as grey text.
16835 \begin_inset Newline newline
16839 \begin_inset Newline newline
16843 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
16846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16852 This is an example footnote within a greyed out note.
16853 In this document the greyed out note color is redefined to blue.
16854 How this can be done is explained in the
16863 of a comment that appears in the output as grey text.
16869 \begin_inset Newline newline
16873 \begin_inset Newline newline
16876 As you can see in the example, the first line of greyed out notes is a bit
16877 indented and greyed out notes can have footnotes.
16880 \begin_layout Standard
16881 Notes are inserted with the toolbar button
16889 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16893 Right-click on the appearing note box to select the note type.
16896 \begin_layout Section
16898 \begin_inset Index idx
16901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16908 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16910 name "sec:Footnotes"
16917 \begin_layout Standard
16918 LyX uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the
16921 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16924 or the toolbar button
16927 arg "footnote-insert"
16939 \begin_inset Graphics
16940 filename clipart/footnoteQt4.png
16949 This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
16959 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16967 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16978 label, the box will
16982 be opened and you can enter the footnote text into it.
16983 Clicking on the box label again, will close
16996 If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply mark it and click
17012 \begin_layout Standard
17013 Here's an example footnote:
17021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17022 To close a footnote, click on the footnote box label.
17030 \begin_layout Standard
17031 The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text
17032 position where the footnote box is placed.
17033 The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page.
17034 The footnote number is calculated by LyX, the numbers are consecutive,
17035 no matter in which chapter the footnote is in.
17036 LyX doesn't support other numbering schemes yet, but you can get another
17037 scheme using special LaTeX-commands.
17042 ey are described in the
17049 \begin_layout Section
17051 \begin_inset Index idx
17054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17061 \begin_inset CommandInset label
17063 name "sec:Marginal-Notes"
17070 \begin_layout Standard
17071 Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
17072 When you insert a margin note via the menu
17074 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17076 \begin_inset space ~
17081 or the toolbar button
17084 arg "marginalnote-insert"
17103 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17107 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17110 appearing within your text.
17111 This box is LyX's representation of your margin
17120 \begin_layout Standard
17121 At the side is an example marginal note.
17125 \begin_inset Marginal
17128 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17129 This is a marginal note.
17137 \begin_layout Standard
17138 Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents.
17139 In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin – left on even
17140 pages, right on odd pages.
17143 \begin_layout Section
17144 Graphics and Images
17145 \begin_inset Index idx
17148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17155 \begin_inset Index idx
17158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17165 \begin_inset CommandInset label
17167 name "sec:Graphics"
17174 \begin_layout Standard
17175 To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position
17176 you want and click on the toolbar icon
17179 arg "dialog-show-new-inset graphics"
17184 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17188 Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load.
17191 \begin_layout Standard
17192 This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters.
17197 tab allows you to choose your image file.
17198 The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling
17200 The scaling units are explained in Appendix
17201 \begin_inset space ~
17205 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
17207 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
17214 \begin_layout Standard
17219 it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width
17220 of the image in the output.
17221 The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button
17225 \begin_inset space ~
17229 \begin_inset space ~
17238 \begin_inset space ~
17242 \begin_inset space ~
17246 \begin_inset space ~
17251 will only print the image region within the given coordinates.
17252 Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore
17260 \begin_layout Standard
17263 LaTeX and LyX options
17265 tab LaTeX experts can specify additional LaTeX options.
17266 You can also specify here the appearance of the image inside LyX.
17270 \begin_inset space ~
17275 has the effect that the image doesn't appear in the output, only a frame
17276 with the image size is printed.
17280 \begin_inset space ~
17284 \begin_inset space ~
17288 \begin_inset space ~
17293 is explained in the
17304 \begin_layout Standard
17305 The graphics dialog can be called at any time by clicking on an image.
17306 The image will appear in the output exactly at the position where it is
17308 This is an example image within a separate, horizontally centered paragraph:
17312 \begin_layout Standard
17314 \begin_inset Graphics
17315 filename clipart/mobius.eps
17323 \begin_layout Standard
17324 If you need image captions and want to reference images, you have to put
17325 the image into a float, see section
17326 \begin_inset space ~
17330 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
17332 reference "sec:Figure-Floats"
17339 \begin_layout Subsection
17341 \begin_inset Index idx
17344 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17351 \begin_inset CommandInset label
17353 name "sub:Image-Formats"
17360 \begin_layout Standard
17361 You can insert images in any known file format.
17362 But as we explained in section
17363 \begin_inset space ~
17367 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
17369 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
17373 , every output document format allows only a few image formats.
17374 LyX uses therefore the program
17378 in the background to convert the images to the right format.
17379 To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background,
17380 you can use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section
17381 \begin_inset space ~
17385 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
17387 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
17394 \begin_layout Standard
17395 Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats:
17398 \begin_layout Description
17400 \begin_inset space ~
17403 images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form.
17404 They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixelated in large zooms.
17405 Well-known bitmap image formats are
17406 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17409 Graphics Interchange Format
17410 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17413 (GIF, file extension
17414 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17422 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17426 \begin_inset Index idx
17429 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17458 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17461 Portable Network Graphics
17462 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17465 (PNG, file extension
17466 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17474 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17478 \begin_inset Index idx
17481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17510 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17513 Joint Photographic Experts Group
17514 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17517 (JPG, file extension
17518 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17526 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17530 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17538 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17542 \begin_inset Index idx
17545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17561 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17576 \begin_layout Description
17578 \begin_inset space ~
17581 images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size without
17583 The scaling ability is necessary if you want to create presentations, because
17584 presentations are always scaled by the beamer.
17585 Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams.
17586 \begin_inset Newline newline
17589 Scalable image formats can be
17590 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17593 Scalable Vector Graphics
17594 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17597 (SVG, file extension
17598 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17606 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17610 \begin_inset Index idx
17613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17642 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17645 Encapsulated PostScript
17646 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17649 (EPS, file extension
17650 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17658 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17662 \begin_inset Index idx
17665 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17670 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17694 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17697 Portable Document Format
17698 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17701 (PDF, file extension
17702 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17710 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17714 \begin_inset Index idx
17717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17724 We say it can be, because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF
17725 or EPS and the result won't be scalable.
17726 In this cases only a header with the image properties is added to the original
17731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17732 In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed.
17740 \begin_layout Standard
17741 Normally one cannot convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only vice
17745 \begin_layout Subsection
17746 Grouping of Image Settings
17747 \begin_inset Index idx
17750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17751 Images ! Settings grouping
17759 \begin_layout Standard
17760 Each image can define a new group of image settings or join an existing
17762 Images within such a group share their settings, so adjusting one image
17763 of the group automatically also adjusts all other images of the group in
17765 So you can for example change the size for a bunch of images without the
17766 need to manually change each of them.
17770 \begin_layout Standard
17771 A new group can be set by entering a name in the
17774 \begin_inset space ~
17779 field in the Graphics dialog.
17780 Joining an existing group can be done using the context menu of the image
17781 by checking the name of the desired group.
17784 \begin_layout Section
17786 \begin_inset Index idx
17789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17796 \begin_inset CommandInset label
17805 \begin_layout Standard
17806 You can insert a table using either the toolbar button
17809 arg "tabular-insert"
17814 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17818 A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
17819 The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated
17820 from the rest of the table.
17821 This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row
17822 have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above
17824 Here's an example table:
17827 \begin_layout Standard
17829 \begin_inset Tabular
17830 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
17831 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
17832 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17833 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17834 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
17835 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17837 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17840 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17846 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17864 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17873 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17884 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17887 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17902 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17911 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17920 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17931 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17934 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17949 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17958 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17971 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17982 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18000 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18009 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18018 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18035 \begin_layout Subsection
18039 \begin_layout Standard
18040 You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which
18041 brings up the table dialog.
18042 Here you can adjust the settings of the cell and row/column respectively
18043 where the cursor is placed currently.
18044 Most of the dialog options also work on selections.
18045 This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
18046 done on all of your selection.
18049 \begin_layout Standard
18050 Additionally to the table dialog, the
18053 \begin_inset space ~
18058 helps you in setting table properties.
18059 It appears when the cursor is inside a table.
18062 \begin_layout Standard
18066 \begin_inset space ~
18071 of the table dialog you can set the alignment for the current row.
18072 If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the
18073 current cell respectively.
18074 The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width
18076 A given width will allow the cell to have line breaks and multiple paragraphs
18077 of text, see section
18078 \begin_inset space ~
18082 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
18084 reference "sub:Table-Cells"
18091 \begin_layout Standard
18092 You can mark multiple cells of one row/column as a multicolumn/row cell
18093 using the check box
18102 This will merge the cells to
18106 cell, spread over more than one column/row.
18107 Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width,
18108 and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell.
18109 Here's an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one
18110 in the last row without the upper border:
18113 \begin_layout Standard
18115 \begin_inset Tabular
18116 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
18117 <features firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
18118 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18119 <column alignment="center" valignment="middle" width="0">
18120 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
18121 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18123 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18132 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="middle" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18141 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18150 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18153 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18161 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18179 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18188 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18197 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18208 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18211 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18217 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18220 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18226 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18235 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18238 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18252 \begin_layout Standard
18253 Adept users can declare special LaTeX-arguments for the table.
18254 They are necessary for special table formatting, like for multirow cells,
18255 explained in the tables section of the
18258 \begin_inset space ~
18264 You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table 90
18265 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
18268 degrees counterclockwise.
18269 These rotations are not visible in LyX but in the output.
18272 \begin_layout Standard
18273 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
18276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18281 Most DVI-viewers are
18285 able to display rotations.
18293 \begin_layout Standard
18298 tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column.
18303 adds lines for all cell borders.
18306 \begin_layout Subsection
18308 \begin_inset Index idx
18311 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18312 Tables ! Longtables
18318 \begin_inset Index idx
18321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18330 \begin_layout Standard
18331 If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option
18334 \begin_inset space ~
18338 \begin_inset space ~
18347 of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages.
18348 Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define:
18351 \begin_layout Description
18356 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
18357 defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable;
18358 except for the first page, if
18361 \begin_inset space ~
18369 \begin_layout Description
18373 \begin_inset space ~
18378 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
18379 defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
18382 \begin_layout Description
18387 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
18388 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable;
18389 except for the last page, if
18392 \begin_inset space ~
18400 \begin_layout Description
18404 \begin_inset space ~
18409 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
18410 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
18413 \begin_layout Description
18414 Caption: The first row is reset as a single column.
18415 You can now insert there the table caption via the menu
18417 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18421 More about longtable captions can be found in the
18424 \begin_inset space ~
18432 \begin_layout Standard
18433 You can also specify a row where the table is split.
18434 If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
18435 of the fact that only the first one is used in the given table row.
18436 The others will then be defined as
18441 In this context, first means first in this order:
18444 \begin_inset space ~
18456 \begin_inset space ~
18462 See the following longtable to see how it works:
18465 \begin_layout Standard
18467 \begin_inset Tabular
18468 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="69" columns="3">
18469 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
18470 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="5cm">
18471 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18472 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18473 <row endfirsthead="true">
18474 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18480 Example Phone List (ignore the names)
18485 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18494 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18504 <row endfirsthead="true">
18505 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18516 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18525 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18537 <row endhead="true">
18538 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18549 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18558 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18561 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18568 <row endhead="true">
18569 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18580 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18583 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18589 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18601 <row endfoot="true">
18602 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18605 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18613 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18616 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18622 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18633 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18644 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18647 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18653 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18664 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18667 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18675 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18684 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18695 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18698 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18706 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18715 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18718 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18726 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18737 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18746 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18749 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18757 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18768 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18771 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18777 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18780 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18788 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18799 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18808 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18811 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18819 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18830 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18833 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18839 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18850 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18853 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18861 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18870 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18881 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18892 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18901 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18904 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18912 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18915 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18923 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18932 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18943 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18954 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18957 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18963 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18966 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18974 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18985 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18994 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19005 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19008 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19016 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19025 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19036 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19047 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19056 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19067 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19078 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19087 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19098 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19109 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19118 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19129 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19140 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19149 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19160 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19171 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19180 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19191 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19194 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19202 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19211 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19222 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19233 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19236 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19242 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19245 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19253 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19264 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19267 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19273 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19284 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19295 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19304 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19315 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19318 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19326 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19329 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19335 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19346 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19357 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19366 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19377 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19388 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19397 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19408 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19419 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19428 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19439 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19450 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19459 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19470 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19481 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19484 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19490 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19501 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19512 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19521 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19532 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19543 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19552 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19563 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19574 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19583 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19594 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19603 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
19606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19612 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19615 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19623 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19634 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19643 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19646 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19654 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19665 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19674 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19685 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19688 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19696 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19705 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19716 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19719 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19727 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19730 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19736 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19739 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19747 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19758 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19767 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19770 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19778 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19789 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19792 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19798 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19801 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19809 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19820 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19829 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19840 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19843 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19851 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19860 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19863 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19871 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19882 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19891 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19894 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19902 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19913 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19922 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19933 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19936 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19944 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19953 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19964 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19967 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19975 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19978 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19984 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19995 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20006 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20015 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20026 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20037 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20046 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20057 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20068 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20077 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20088 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20091 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20099 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20108 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20119 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20130 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20133 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20139 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20142 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20150 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20153 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20161 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20170 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20181 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20184 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20192 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20201 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20212 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20215 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20223 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20232 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20243 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20254 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20263 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20274 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20285 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20288 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20294 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20305 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20316 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20319 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20325 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20328 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20336 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20339 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20347 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20356 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20367 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20378 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20381 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20387 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20398 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20409 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20418 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20429 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20440 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20449 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20460 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20471 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20480 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20491 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20502 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20511 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20522 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20533 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20542 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20553 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20564 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20567 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20573 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20583 <row endlastfoot="true">
20584 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="block" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20595 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
20598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20604 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20621 \begin_layout Subsection
20623 \begin_inset Index idx
20626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20633 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20635 name "sub:Table-Cells"
20642 \begin_layout Standard
20643 A table cell can contain text, inline equations, a figure, or another table.
20644 All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell.
20645 Font sizes and shapes can also be altered.
20646 But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
20650 , etc.), nor set spacing options etc.
20651 for the cell's paragraph.
20654 \begin_layout Standard
20655 To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width
20656 for the column in the table dialog.
20657 Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell
20658 is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width.
20662 \begin_layout Standard
20664 \begin_inset Tabular
20665 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
20666 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
20667 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
20668 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="3cm">
20669 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
20671 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20689 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20707 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20710 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20727 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20730 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20745 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20748 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20758 This is a multi-line entry in a table.
20763 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20783 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20801 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20814 This is longer now.
20819 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20839 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20857 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20870 This is a multi-line entry in a table.
20871 This is longer now.
20876 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20902 \begin_layout Standard
20903 Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well.
20904 You can cut and paste even more than one row.
20908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20909 Note, that you cannot paste into a multicell selection because it would
20910 not be clear what to do when pasting a single word in a selected 2×3.
20916 Selection with the mouse or with
20920 plus the arrow keys works as usual.
20921 You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting
20922 the selection from outside the table.
20925 \begin_layout Section
20927 \begin_inset Index idx
20930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20937 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20946 \begin_layout Standard
20947 A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't
20948 have a fixed location.
20950 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20954 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20957 forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
20965 \begin_inset space ~
20970 are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are
20971 too many notes on the page.
20974 \begin_layout Standard
20975 Floats make it possible to get a high quality layout.
20976 Images and tables can be spread evenly over the pages to avoid whitespace
20977 and pages without text.
20978 As the floating often destroys the context between the text and the image/table
20979 , every float can be referenced in the text.
20980 Floats are therefore numbered.
20981 Referencing is described in section
20982 \begin_inset space ~
20986 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20988 reference "sec:Cross-References"
20995 \begin_layout Standard
20996 To insert a float, use the menu
20998 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21002 A box with a caption that has e.
21003 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21007 \begin_inset space \space{}
21011 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21015 \begin_inset space ~
21019 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21022 (# is the actual number) will be inserted into your document.
21023 The label will automatically be translated to the document language in
21025 After the label you can insert the caption text.
21026 \begin_inset Index idx
21029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21035 The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate
21036 paragraph within the float.
21037 To keep your LyX-document readable, you can open and close the float box
21038 by left-clicking on the box label.
21039 A closed float box looks like this:
21040 \begin_inset Graphics
21041 filename clipart/floatQt4.png
21046 – a gray button with a red label.
21049 \begin_layout Standard
21050 It is recommended to insert floats as a separate paragraph to avoid possible
21051 LaTeX-errors that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted.
21054 \begin_layout Subsection
21058 \begin_layout Subsubsection
21060 \begin_inset Index idx
21063 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21064 Floats ! Figure floats
21070 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21072 name "sec:Figure-Floats"
21079 \begin_layout Standard
21082 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21083 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21086 inserts a float with the label
21087 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21093 \begin_inset space ~
21099 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21103 Set the cursor above this label (or before it and press enter) and insert
21104 the image as described above to get the caption printed below the image.
21105 This is what we did for Figure
21106 \begin_inset space ~
21110 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21112 reference "cap:Platypus"
21117 If you want the caption to be above the image, set the cursor at the end
21118 of the caption, press enter and insert the image.
21119 This was done in Figure
21120 \begin_inset space ~
21124 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21126 reference "cap:Escher"
21133 \begin_layout Standard
21134 \begin_inset Float figure
21139 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21141 \begin_inset Graphics
21142 filename clipart/platypus.eps
21150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21151 \begin_inset Caption
21153 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21154 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21156 name "cap:Platypus"
21160 A severely distorted platypus in a float.
21173 \begin_layout Standard
21174 \begin_inset Float figure
21179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21180 \begin_inset Caption
21182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21183 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21198 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21200 \begin_inset Graphics
21201 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
21214 \begin_layout Standard
21215 This figure float also shows how to set a label and create a cross-reference
21217 As described in section
21218 \begin_inset space ~
21222 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21224 reference "sec:Cross-References"
21228 , you can simply insert a label in the caption using the menu
21230 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21233 and refer to it using the menu
21235 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21239 It is important to use references to figure floats, rather than using vague
21241 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21245 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21248 , because, as LaTeX will reposition the floats in the final document, it
21250 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21254 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21260 \begin_layout Standard
21261 Normally only one image is inserted in a figure float, but sometimes you
21262 might want to use two images with separate subcaptions.
21263 This can be done by inserting image floats into existing image floats.
21264 Note that only the main caption of the float is added to the List of Figures.
21266 \begin_inset space ~
21270 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21272 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
21276 is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side.
21277 You can also set the images one below the other.
21279 \begin_inset space ~
21283 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21285 reference "fig:Undefinable"
21290 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21292 reference "fig:Platypus"
21296 are the subfigures.
21299 \begin_layout Standard
21300 \begin_inset Float figure
21305 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21306 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
21310 \begin_inset Float figure
21315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21316 \begin_inset Caption
21318 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21319 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21321 name "fig:Undefinable"
21333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21334 \begin_inset Graphics
21335 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
21346 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
21350 \begin_inset Float figure
21355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21356 \begin_inset Caption
21358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21359 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21361 name "fig:Platypus"
21373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21374 \begin_inset Graphics
21375 filename clipart/platypus.eps
21387 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
21393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21394 \begin_inset Caption
21396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21397 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21399 name "cap:Two-distorted-images"
21403 Two distorted images.
21416 \begin_layout Standard
21417 Note that the caption is added to the
21420 \begin_inset space ~
21424 \begin_inset space ~
21429 as described in section
21430 \begin_inset space ~
21434 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21436 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
21443 \begin_layout Subsubsection
21445 \begin_inset Index idx
21448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21449 Floats ! Table floats
21457 \begin_layout Standard
21458 Table floats can be inserted using the menu
21460 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21461 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21465 They have the same properties as figure floats except for the different
21468 \begin_inset space ~
21472 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21474 reference "cap:Table-float"
21478 is an example of a table float.
21481 \begin_layout Standard
21482 \begin_inset Float table
21487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21488 \begin_inset Caption
21490 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21491 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21493 name "cap:Table-float"
21505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21507 \begin_inset Tabular
21508 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
21509 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
21510 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21511 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21512 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21514 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21532 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21550 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21570 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21588 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21606 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21626 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21639 \begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
21647 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21660 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
21663 \end{array}\right]$
21671 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21684 \begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
21705 \begin_layout Subsubsection
21707 \begin_inset Index idx
21710 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21711 Floats ! Algorithm floats
21719 \begin_layout Standard
21720 This float type is inserted with the menu
21722 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21723 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21727 It is used for program codes and descriptions of algorithms.
21728 A possible environment for algorithms is the
21732 , described in section
21733 \begin_inset space ~
21737 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21739 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
21746 \begin_layout Standard
21747 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
21750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21755 that the float label is not automatically translated into the document
21761 You have to do this manually by adding the following line
21764 \begin_layout Standard
21769 floatname{algorithm}{your
21770 \begin_inset space ~
21776 \begin_layout Standard
21777 to the document preamble (menu
21779 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21786 \begin_inset space ~
21792 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21800 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21806 \begin_layout Subsubsection
21808 \begin_inset Index idx
21811 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21812 Floats ! Text Wrap Floats
21820 \begin_layout Standard
21821 \begin_inset Wrap figure
21828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21829 \begin_inset Graphics
21830 filename clipart/mobius.eps
21838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21839 \begin_inset Caption
21841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21842 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21844 name "cap:Wrapped-figure"
21848 This is a wrapped figure.
21849 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
21862 This float type is used if you want to
21863 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21867 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21870 text around a figure so that it only occupies some fraction of the column
21872 It can be inserted using the menu
21874 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21875 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21877 \begin_inset space ~
21882 if the LaTeX-package
21887 \begin_inset Index idx
21890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21891 LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
21900 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21901 Installing a LaTeX-package is explained it in the
21904 \begin_inset space ~
21914 The width and placement of the float is adjusted by right-clicking on the
21917 \begin_inset space ~
21921 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21923 reference "cap:Wrapped-figure"
21927 is for example a figure wrap float with a width of 40
21928 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21936 Available units are explained in Appendix
21937 \begin_inset space ~
21941 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21943 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
21952 Some space was added under the caption to separate it better from the surroundi
21956 \begin_layout Standard
21957 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
21960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21965 Wrap floats might be fragile! E.
21966 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21970 \begin_inset space \space{}
21973 having a figure too close to the bottom of the page can mess things up so
21974 that the float doesn't appear in the output or that it is placed over some
21983 \begin_layout Itemize
21984 Wrap floats should not be placed in paragraphs that run over a page break.
21985 That means that wrap floats should preferably be inserted in the exact
21986 place when the document is nearly ready and you are able to estimate where
21987 page breaks will appear.
21990 \begin_layout Itemize
21991 Wrap floats should either be placed in their own paragraph before the paragraph
21992 where they should wrap into, or within a paragraph.
21995 \begin_layout Itemize
21996 Wrap floats in consecutive paragraphs may cause trouble, so make sure that
21997 there is a text paragraph between them as separator.
22000 \begin_layout Itemize
22001 Wrap floats are not allowed in section headings or tables.
22004 \begin_layout Subsection
22006 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22008 name "sub:Rotated-Floats"
22013 \begin_inset Index idx
22016 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22025 \begin_layout Standard
22026 Especially for wide tables you might have floats rotated.
22027 To rotate a whole float including the caption, right-click on the float-box
22031 \begin_inset space ~
22039 \begin_layout Standard
22040 Rotated floats are always placed on their own pages (or columns, when you
22041 have a multicolumn document).
22042 You can let them span several columns using the float settings option
22045 \begin_inset space ~
22051 Floats are rotated so that you can read them from the outside margin.
22052 Forcing the rotation direction is explained in the
22059 \begin_layout Standard
22060 Referencing rotated floats is the same like for normal floats; the caption
22061 format is also the same: Table
22062 \begin_inset space ~
22066 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22068 reference "cap:Rotated-table"
22072 is an example of a rotated table float.
22075 \begin_layout Standard
22076 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
22079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22084 Not all DVI-viewers are able to display rotated floats.
22092 \begin_layout Standard
22093 \begin_inset Float table
22098 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22099 \begin_inset Caption
22101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22102 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22104 name "cap:Rotated-table"
22116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22118 \begin_inset Tabular
22119 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="5">
22120 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
22121 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
22122 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
22123 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
22124 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
22125 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
22127 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22130 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22136 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22139 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22145 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22154 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22163 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22185 \begin_layout Subsection
22187 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22189 name "sub:Float-Placement"
22194 \begin_inset Index idx
22197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22206 \begin_layout Standard
22207 Right-clicking on a float-box opens a dialog where you can alter the placement
22208 options that LaTeX uses for positioning the float.
22209 \begin_inset Newline newline
22215 \begin_inset space ~
22220 is only useful for two-column documents: If you select it, the float will
22221 span both columns on the page instead of being confined to just one.
22222 \begin_inset Newline newline
22228 \begin_inset space ~
22233 is used to rotate floats, see section
22234 \begin_inset space ~
22238 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22240 reference "sub:Rotated-Floats"
22247 \begin_layout Standard
22248 You can use one ore more of the following options in the float dialog to
22249 set the placement for a particular float when you uncheck the option
22252 \begin_inset space ~
22256 \begin_inset space ~
22264 \begin_layout Description
22266 \begin_inset space ~
22270 \begin_inset space ~
22273 possible: try to place the float at the position where it is inserted
22276 \begin_layout Description
22278 \begin_inset space ~
22282 \begin_inset space ~
22285 page: try to place the float at the top of the current page
22288 \begin_layout Description
22290 \begin_inset space ~
22294 \begin_inset space ~
22297 page: try to place the float at the bottom of the current page
22300 \begin_layout Description
22302 \begin_inset space ~
22306 \begin_inset space ~
22309 floats: try to place the float at an own page
22312 \begin_layout Standard
22313 The order of the above option is
22318 That means, if you use the default placement, LaTeX will first try out
22322 \begin_inset space ~
22326 \begin_inset space ~
22334 \begin_inset space ~
22338 \begin_inset space ~
22343 , and then the others.
22344 If you don't use the default, LaTeX will try only the checked options but
22346 If none of the 4 placements are possible the procedure is internally repeated
22347 but it is tried to put the float on the following page.
22350 \begin_layout Standard
22351 By default, each option has its own rules:
22354 \begin_layout Standard
22358 \begin_inset space ~
22362 \begin_inset space ~
22367 only floats occupying less than 70
22368 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
22371 % of the page can be placed at the top of a page
22374 \begin_layout Standard
22378 \begin_inset space ~
22382 \begin_inset space ~
22387 : only floats occupying less than 30
22388 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
22391 % of the page can be placed at the bottom of a page.
22394 \begin_layout Standard
22398 \begin_inset space ~
22402 \begin_inset space ~
22407 : only if more than 50
22408 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
22411 % of the page are occupied by floats, several floats can be set together
22415 \begin_layout Standard
22416 If you don't like these rules, you can ignore them by using the additional
22420 \begin_inset space ~
22424 \begin_inset space ~
22432 \begin_layout Standard
22433 Sometimes you might need, under all circumstances, a float to be placed
22434 exactly at the position where it is inserted.
22435 For this case you can use the option
22438 \begin_inset space ~
22444 Use this option very rarely and only if the document is nearly ready to
22446 Because the float is then no longer able to
22447 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22451 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22454 when you change your document, this will often destroy the page layout.
22457 \begin_layout Standard
22458 There are no placement options for text wrap floats, because they are always
22459 surrounded by the text of a certain paragraph.
22462 \begin_layout Standard
22463 For more details about float placements, have a look at LaTeX books like
22465 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
22467 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
22474 \begin_layout Section
22476 \begin_inset Index idx
22479 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22486 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22488 name "sec:Minipages"
22495 \begin_layout Standard
22496 LaTeX provides a mechanism to produce essentially a page within a page,
22498 Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.
22499 \begin_inset space ~
22506 \begin_layout Standard
22507 Minipages in LyX have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu
22509 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22513 Right-clicking on the box allows you to alter the width of the minipage
22514 and its alignment within the page.
22517 \begin_layout Standard
22519 \begin_inset Box Frameless
22529 height_special "totalheight"
22532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22535 This is a minipage.
22536 The text is set in an italic style.
22539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22542 Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs
22543 another formatting.
22551 \begin_layout Standard
22552 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
22555 If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use
22559 as described in section
22560 \begin_inset space ~
22564 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22566 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
22571 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
22577 \begin_layout Standard
22578 \begin_inset Box Frameless
22588 height_special "totalheight"
22591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22592 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
22593 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
22599 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
22603 \begin_inset Box Frameless
22613 height_special "totalheight"
22616 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22617 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
22618 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
22626 \begin_layout Standard
22627 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
22633 \begin_layout Standard
22634 When you right-click on a minipage box, you can change the box from a minipage
22635 to other box types.
22636 All box types and their settings are explained in detail in chapter
22647 \begin_layout Chapter
22648 Mathematical Formulas
22649 \begin_inset Index idx
22652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22659 \begin_inset Index idx
22662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22667 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22691 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22693 name "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
22700 \begin_layout Standard
22701 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
22706 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
22709 \begin_layout Section
22711 \begin_inset Index idx
22714 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22723 \begin_layout Standard
22724 To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon
22731 That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its
22733 That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate
22734 what level of nesting within the formula you are at.
22735 You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
22737 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22743 \begin_layout Standard
22744 Editing the parameters of a formula and adding math constructs can be done
22748 \begin_inset space ~
22753 , that appears when the cursor is in a formula.
22756 \begin_layout Standard
22757 There are two main types of formulas: Inline formulas appear within a text
22758 line, like this one:
22761 \begin_layout Standard
22762 This is a line with an inline formula
22763 \begin_inset Formula $A=B$
22769 \begin_layout Standard
22770 Displayed formulas appear outside the text like if they were in an own paragraph
22772 \begin_inset Formula
22779 You can only number and reference displayed formulas.
22782 \begin_layout Standard
22783 LyX supports also many LaTeX math commands.
22785 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
22789 \begin_inset space \space{}
22793 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22803 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22806 , followed by a space, in a formula will create the Greek letter
22807 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
22811 So typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the
22814 \begin_inset space ~
22822 \begin_layout Subsection
22823 Navigating in Formulas
22824 \begin_inset Index idx
22827 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22836 \begin_layout Standard
22837 The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is
22838 achieved with the arrow keys.
22839 LyX uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted.
22840 The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
22845 will leave a formula construct (a square root
22846 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
22850 \begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
22854 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
22857 \end{array}\right]$
22865 will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
22870 can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
22871 cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
22874 \begin_layout Standard
22879 , printed in this document as
22880 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22887 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22897 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22901 \begin_inset Note Note
22904 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22905 This command will appear in the output as official character denoting the
22906 space character (visible space).
22911 , seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between
22912 characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
22913 For this reason, you have to be careful about using
22918 For example, if you want
22919 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
22930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22949 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22973 , since in the latter case only the
22976 \begin_inset Formula $2x$
22981 will be under the square root sign:
22982 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
22988 \begin_layout Standard
22989 You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
22991 \begin_inset Formula
22993 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
23002 If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
23003 in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
23006 \begin_layout Subsection
23010 \begin_layout Standard
23011 You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
23012 Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
23016 and a cursor movement key to select text.
23017 It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
23018 Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
23019 That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula,
23020 but not in a normal text region in LyX.
23023 \begin_layout Subsection
23024 Exponents and Subscripts
23025 \begin_inset Index idx
23028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23035 \begin_inset Index idx
23038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23047 \begin_layout Standard
23048 You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts, but the much easier
23049 way is to use a command.
23051 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
23054 , type in a formula
23060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23076 puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression.
23082 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
23086 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
23095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23107 If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the
23109 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23113 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23116 , you have to use an extra
23120 to separate the hat and the character.
23122 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
23126 \begin_inset space \space{}
23130 \begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$
23139 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23151 Subscripts are similar: To get
23152 \begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
23161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23175 \begin_layout Subsection
23177 \begin_inset Index idx
23180 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23189 \begin_layout Standard
23190 Create a fraction with either the command
23197 \begin_inset Graphics
23198 filename ../images/math/frac.png
23206 \begin_inset space ~
23212 You will be presented with an empty fraction.
23213 The cursor is above the fraction line.
23214 To move it to the bottom, simply press
23219 To move back up, press
23224 Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
23225 \begin_inset Formula
23227 \left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
23230 \end{array}\right)}\right]
23238 \begin_layout Subsection
23240 \begin_inset Index idx
23243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23252 \begin_layout Standard
23253 Roots can be created using the
23256 \begin_inset space ~
23262 \begin_inset Graphics
23263 filename ../images/math/sqrt.png
23265 groupId toolbarbuttons
23288 you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while
23294 produces always a square root.
23297 \begin_layout Subsection
23298 Operators with Limits
23299 \begin_inset Index idx
23302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23309 \begin_inset Index idx
23312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23319 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23321 name "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
23328 \begin_layout Standard
23330 \begin_inset Formula $\sum$
23334 \begin_inset Formula $\int$
23337 ) operators are very often decorated with limits.
23338 These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
23339 a super- or subscript, directly after the symbol.
23340 The sum operator will automatically place its
23341 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23345 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23348 over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and on the side in inline
23351 \begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
23355 \begin_inset Formula
23357 \sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e
23362 Integral signs, however, will place the limits on the side in both formula
23366 \begin_layout Standard
23367 All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in
23369 The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly
23370 behind the operator and hitting
23378 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23379 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23381 \begin_inset space ~
23385 \begin_inset space ~
23393 \begin_layout Standard
23394 Certain other mathematical expressions have this
23395 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23399 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23402 feature as addition, such as
23403 \begin_inset Index idx
23406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23413 \begin_inset Formula
23415 \lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),
23420 which will place the
23421 \begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
23425 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23429 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23433 In inline formulas it looks like this:
23434 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
23440 \begin_layout Standard
23441 Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro
23448 Have a look at section
23449 \begin_inset space ~
23453 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23455 reference "sub:Functions"
23459 for an explanation of function macros.
23462 \begin_layout Subsection
23464 \begin_inset Index idx
23467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23476 \begin_layout Standard
23477 Most math symbols can be found in the
23480 \begin_inset space ~
23485 under one of several categories; including
23502 There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
23506 \begin_layout Standard
23507 If you know the LaTeX-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use,
23508 you don't have to use the
23511 \begin_inset space ~
23516 , but can type the command directly into the formula.
23517 LyX will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct.
23520 \begin_layout Subsection
23522 \begin_inset Index idx
23525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23534 \begin_layout Standard
23535 You may want to create spaces that differ from the standard spacing that
23540 arg "space-insert protected"
23546 \begin_inset space ~
23552 \begin_inset Graphics
23553 filename ../images/math/space.png
23555 groupId toolbarbuttons
23560 This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen.
23561 For example, the sequence
23566 \begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
23570 \begin_inset Graphics
23571 filename clipart/SpaceMarker.png
23576 You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind
23577 the space marker and hit space again several times.
23578 With every space hit the size will be changed.
23579 Some markers for the space size appear red in LyX, because they are negative
23581 Here are two examples:
23584 \begin_layout Standard
23594 \begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
23600 \begin_layout Standard
23610 \begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
23616 \begin_layout Subsection
23618 \begin_inset Index idx
23621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23628 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23630 name "sub:Functions"
23637 \begin_layout Standard
23641 \begin_inset space ~
23646 contains under the button
23647 \begin_inset Graphics
23648 filename ../images/math/functions.png
23650 groupId toolbarbuttons
23654 a number of function macros, such as
23655 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
23659 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
23667 (you can also insert them in a formula by typing
23674 Standard mathematical practice is that functions are printed upright to
23675 avoid confusions, because
23676 \begin_inset Formula $sin$
23680 \begin_inset Formula $s\cdot i\cdot n$
23686 \begin_layout Standard
23687 Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function:
23689 \begin_inset Formula $a\sin x$
23693 \begin_inset Formula $asinx$
23699 \begin_layout Standard
23700 For some mathematical objects, like the limes, the macro changes where subscript
23701 s are placed, as described in section
23702 \begin_inset space ~
23706 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23708 reference "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
23715 \begin_layout Subsection
23717 \begin_inset Index idx
23720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23729 \begin_layout Standard
23730 In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
23732 This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
23733 You can also use LaTeX commands to e.
23734 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
23738 \begin_inset space \space{}
23742 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
23745 even if your keyboard doesn't have hat-accents enabled.
23746 Our example is entered by typing
23754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23767 \begin_inset space ~
23771 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23773 reference "cap:Accent-names-and"
23777 shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands.
23780 \begin_layout Standard
23781 \begin_inset Float table
23786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23787 \begin_inset Caption
23789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23790 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23792 name "cap:Accent-names-and"
23796 Accent names and the corresponding commands.
23804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23806 \begin_inset Tabular
23807 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
23808 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
23809 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23810 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23811 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23813 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23822 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23831 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23851 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23869 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23882 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23895 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
23905 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23923 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23936 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23949 \begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
23959 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23977 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23990 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24003 \begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
24013 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24016 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24031 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24044 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24047 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24057 \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
24067 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24085 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24098 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24111 \begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
24121 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24124 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24139 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24142 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24152 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24165 \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
24175 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24193 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24206 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24219 \begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
24229 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24232 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24247 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24250 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24260 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24263 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24273 \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
24283 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24301 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24304 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24314 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24327 \begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
24337 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24346 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24359 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24372 \begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
24393 \begin_layout Standard
24394 You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the
24397 \begin_inset space ~
24403 \begin_inset Graphics
24404 filename ../images/math/hat.png
24406 groupId toolbarbuttons
24410 in the math panel ; this will apply to any selection you have made within
24414 \begin_layout Section
24415 Brackets and Delimiters
24416 \begin_inset Index idx
24419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24426 \begin_inset Index idx
24429 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24436 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24438 name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
24445 \begin_layout Standard
24446 There are several brackets available through LyX.
24447 For most purposes, using just the keys
24452 But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction,
24453 or if you have several layers of brackets, it is better to use the math
24454 toolbar delimiter icon
24457 arg "dialog-show mathdelimiter"
24461 For example, that's how you would construct the brackets around a standard
24463 \begin_inset Formula
24465 \left[\begin{array}{cc}
24473 and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses as in:
24474 \begin_inset Formula
24476 \frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}
24484 \begin_layout Standard
24485 The parentheses, and other brackets from that menu will automatically re-size
24486 to accommodate the size of what is inside.
24489 \begin_layout Standard
24490 To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the
24491 left side and right side.
24492 If you use the option
24495 \begin_inset space ~
24500 , the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side.
24501 The selection will be shown below the button field.
24502 If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
24503 It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed.
24506 \begin_layout Standard
24507 If you want to place brackets around math structures, like a square root,
24508 you can do that by highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to go
24509 inside the brackets.
24510 Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on
24515 The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
24518 \begin_layout Section
24519 Arrays and Multi-line Equations
24520 \begin_inset Index idx
24523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24530 \begin_inset Index idx
24533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24540 \begin_inset Index idx
24543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24544 Math ! Multi-line Equations
24552 \begin_layout Standard
24553 Matrices are entered in LyX using the
24556 \begin_inset space ~
24562 \begin_inset Graphics
24563 filename ../images/math/matrix.png
24565 groupId toolbarbuttons
24570 It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns.
24571 Here is an example:
24572 \begin_inset Formula
24574 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
24583 The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section
24584 \begin_inset space ~
24588 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24590 reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
24595 When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries
24596 will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
24597 This alignment is set in the box
24602 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24610 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24614 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24622 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24626 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24634 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24639 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24647 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24650 for every column as default.
24651 For example, the sequence
24652 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24660 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24663 means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
24664 centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter
24665 corresponds to the relevant column.
24666 The result will look like this:
24667 \begin_inset Formula
24670 this & this\, column & this\, column\\
24671 column & has & has\, right\\
24672 has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment
24681 \begin_layout Standard
24682 You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
24685 arg "newline-insert newline"
24688 while the cursor is in the matrix.
24689 Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu
24691 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24694 or the math toolbar.
24697 \begin_layout Standard
24698 There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases.
24699 It can be created with the menu
24701 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24702 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24704 \begin_inset space ~
24716 Here is an example:
24717 \begin_inset Formula
24731 \begin_layout Standard
24732 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
24735 Multi-line formulas are created when you press
24738 arg "newline-insert newline"
24742 In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each
24747 arg "newline-insert newline"
24750 in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign
24751 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24755 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24758 etc.) will be inserted automatically in the first column, the relation sign
24759 is in the second column, and the rest in the third column.
24760 A new row is created by every further hit of
24763 arg "newline-insert newline"
24767 Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas.
24768 Here is an example:
24769 \begin_inset Formula
24771 a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\
24772 a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared}
24777 To change the column assignment of the formula parts, place the cursor
24778 where you want to start the shift and hit
24783 It shifts everything in the column which is right beside the current cursor
24784 position to the next column.
24785 Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs, structures
24786 within this column will be printed in a smaller size:
24787 \begin_inset Formula
24789 \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B}
24797 \begin_layout Standard
24798 The multi-line formula type described here is called
24805 There are other multi-line types being more suitable for certain situations,
24806 for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula (
24807 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24809 reference "eq:asquared"
24814 The other types are described in section
24815 \begin_inset space ~
24819 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24821 reference "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
24828 \begin_layout Section
24829 Formula Numbering and Referencing
24830 \begin_inset Index idx
24833 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24834 Math ! Formula numbering
24840 \begin_inset Index idx
24843 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24844 Math ! Referencing formulas
24850 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24852 name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
24859 \begin_layout Standard
24860 To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu
24862 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24863 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24865 \begin_inset space ~
24873 arg "math-number-toggle"
24877 The formula number appears in LyX as
24878 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24882 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24885 within parentheses.
24887 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24891 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24894 denotes that the number will be calculated automatically when the output
24896 The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on
24897 the document class.
24898 In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number,
24899 separated by a dot:
24900 \begin_inset Formula
24910 arg "math-number-toggle"
24913 in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering.
24914 You can only number displayed formulas.
24917 \begin_layout Standard
24918 Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu
24920 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24921 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24923 \begin_inset space ~
24927 \begin_inset space ~
24931 \begin_inset space ~
24939 arg "math-number-line-toggle"
24942 will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is:
24943 \begin_inset Formula
24946 2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\
24952 To number all lines use the shortcut
24955 arg "math-number-toggle"
24961 \begin_layout Standard
24962 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
24965 Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label.
24966 A label is inserted with the menu
24968 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24971 when the cursor is in the formula.
24972 This opens a dialog to enter the label.
24973 It is recommended to use the proposed
24974 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24982 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24985 as first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the label
24986 type when you have many labels in your document.
24987 We inserted in the following example the label
24988 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24992 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24995 in the second line:
24996 \begin_inset Formula
24998 \tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\
24999 & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp}
25004 Every labeled line is automatically numbered.
25005 Therefore the label is shown in LyX at the place of the formula number
25007 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25011 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25015 You can reference a labeled formula using the menu
25017 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25019 \begin_inset space ~
25025 A dialog appears to choose a label you want refer to.
25026 The reference appears in LyX as a grey cross reference box and in the output
25027 as the formula number:
25030 \begin_layout Standard
25031 This is a cross-reference to equation (
25032 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25034 reference "eq:tanhExp"
25041 \begin_layout Standard
25042 The properties of LyX's cross-reference box are described in section
25043 \begin_inset space ~
25047 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25049 reference "sec:Cross-References"
25054 To delete a label, set the cursor in the labeled formula, use the menu
25057 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25060 and delete the label in the appearing dialog.
25064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25065 This is a unintuitive and will be fixed in the next version of LyX.
25073 \begin_layout Section
25074 User defined math macros
25075 \begin_inset Index idx
25078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25087 \begin_layout Standard
25088 LyX allows you to define macros for formulas which is very useful when you
25089 have equations of the same form in a document several times.
25090 Math macros are explained in section
25093 \begin_inset space ~
25105 \begin_layout Section
25109 \begin_layout Subsection
25111 \begin_inset Index idx
25114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25123 \begin_layout Standard
25124 The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman.
25125 To set a font in a formula, use the
25128 \begin_inset space ~
25134 \begin_inset Graphics
25135 filename ../images/math/font.png
25137 groupId toolbarbuttons
25141 , or enter its command, listed in table
25142 \begin_inset space ~
25146 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25148 reference "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
25155 \begin_layout Standard
25156 \begin_inset Float table
25161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25162 \begin_inset Caption
25164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25165 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25167 name "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
25171 Typefaces and the corresponding commands.
25179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25181 \begin_inset Tabular
25182 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
25183 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
25184 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
25185 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
25187 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25190 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25196 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25207 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25217 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
25225 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25240 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25244 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
25252 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25255 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25267 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25270 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25271 \begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
25279 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25294 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25304 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
25312 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25327 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25331 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$
25339 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25354 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25358 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
25366 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25381 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25392 \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
25400 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25415 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25419 \begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
25427 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25430 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25453 \begin_layout Standard
25454 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
25457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25462 You can only print capital letters in the typefaces
25478 \begin_layout Standard
25479 When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula.
25480 Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface.
25485 within the box will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a protected
25486 space when you need a space in the box.
25487 Here an example where
25488 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25492 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25499 denotes the set of numbers:
25500 \begin_inset Formula
25502 f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\: x\in\mathbb{N}
25510 \begin_layout Standard
25511 The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion.
25513 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
25517 \begin_inset space \space{}
25529 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$
25533 \begin_inset Newline newline
25536 So it is better not to use this feature.
25539 \begin_layout Standard
25540 The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters:
25541 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$
25545 \begin_inset Newline newline
25548 You can only print them emboldened using the command
25554 , which works like the other typeface commands:
25555 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$
25561 \begin_layout Standard
25568 works for all symbols, letters, and numbers.
25571 \begin_layout Standard
25572 A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu
25574 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25575 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25577 \begin_inset space ~
25585 \begin_layout Subsection
25587 \begin_inset Index idx
25590 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25599 \begin_layout Standard
25600 Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but
25602 For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using
25606 \begin_inset space ~
25610 \begin_inset space ~
25618 \begin_inset space ~
25624 \begin_inset Graphics
25625 filename ../images/math/font.png
25627 groupId toolbarbuttons
25638 Math text appears in LyX in black instead of blue.
25639 You can use spaces and accents in math text like in normal text.
25640 Here is an example:
25641 \begin_inset Formula
25644 x & \mbox{if I say so}\\
25645 -x & \mbox{under Umständen}
25654 \begin_layout Subsection
25656 \begin_inset Index idx
25659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25668 \begin_layout Standard
25669 There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are
25670 automatically chosen in most situations.
25688 For most characters,
25696 are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
25697 and certain other structures, are set larger in
25702 Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various
25703 situations, all text will be set in the styles that LaTeX thinks are appropriat
25705 These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button
25706 \begin_inset Graphics
25707 filename ../images/math/style.png
25709 groupId toolbarbuttons
25714 A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure.
25715 For example, you can set
25716 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
25719 , which is normally in
25728 \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
25732 The four styles are used in the following example:
25735 \begin_layout Standard
25736 \begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
25740 \begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
25744 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
25748 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
25754 \begin_layout Standard
25755 All these math-mode font sizes are relative, that means, if the whole math
25756 inset is set in a particular size with the menu
25758 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25760 \begin_inset space ~
25765 , all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size.
25766 Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
25767 will be adjusted to correspond.
25768 As an example here is a formula in the font size
25769 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25773 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25779 \begin_layout Standard
25783 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$
25789 \begin_layout Section
25793 \begin_layout Standard
25794 As of LyX 1.6, support for theorem-like environments has been moved out of
25795 the document classes and into layout modules.
25796 \begin_inset Index idx
25799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25805 As a result, theorem-like environments can now easily be used with classes
25806 other than the AMS classes.
25808 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25810 reference "sub:Modules"
25814 for more on layout modules.
25817 \begin_layout Section
25819 \begin_inset Index idx
25822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25829 \begin_inset Index idx
25832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25841 \begin_layout Standard
25842 LyX supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society
25843 (AMS) that are in common use.
25846 \begin_layout Subsection
25847 Enabling AMS-Support
25850 \begin_layout Standard
25851 Selecting the checkbox
25854 \begin_inset space ~
25858 \begin_inset space ~
25862 \begin_inset space ~
25869 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25873 \begin_inset Index idx
25876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25877 Document ! Settings
25885 \begin_inset space ~
25890 will include the AMS-packages in the document, and make the facilities
25892 AMS is needed for many math-constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in
25893 formulas, ensure that you have enabled AMS.
25896 \begin_layout Subsection
25898 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25900 name "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
25905 \begin_inset Index idx
25908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25909 Math ! Multi-line Equations
25917 \begin_layout Standard
25918 AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
25919 LyX allows you to choose between
25940 We refer to the AMS-documentation for an explanation of these formula types.
25943 \begin_layout Chapter
25947 \begin_layout Section
25949 \begin_inset Index idx
25952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25959 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25961 name "sec:Cross-References"
25968 \begin_layout Standard
25969 One of LyX's strengths are cross-references.
25970 You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in
25972 To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it.
25973 The label is used as anchor and name for the reference.
25974 We want for example to refer to the second item of the following list:
25977 \begin_layout Enumerate
25981 \begin_layout Enumerate
25982 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25984 name "enu:Second-item"
25991 \begin_layout Enumerate
25995 \begin_layout Standard
25996 First we insert a label into the second item with the menu
25998 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26001 or by pressing the toolbar button
26008 A grey label box like this:
26009 \begin_inset Graphics
26010 filename clipart/labelQt4.png
26015 is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text.
26016 LyX offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case
26018 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26026 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26031 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26039 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26043 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26047 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26051 The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted, e.
26052 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26056 \begin_inset space \space{}
26059 if you insert a label into a section heading, the prefix will be
26060 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26068 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26074 \begin_layout Standard
26075 To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu
26077 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26080 or the toolbar button
26083 arg "dialog-show-new-inset ref"
26087 A grey cross-reference box like this:
26088 \begin_inset Graphics
26089 filename clipart/referenceQt4.png
26094 is inserted and the cross-reference window appears showing all the labels
26096 We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry
26097 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26105 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26109 At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear
26113 \begin_layout Standard
26116 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26119 , you can right-click on a label and use in the appearing context menu
26124 The cross-reference to this label is now in the clipboard and can be copied
26125 to the actual cursor position via the menu
26127 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26133 \begin_layout Standard
26134 Here is our cross-reference: Item
26135 \begin_inset space ~
26139 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26141 reference "enu:Second-item"
26148 \begin_layout Standard
26149 It is recommended to use a protected space
26153 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26154 described in section
26155 \begin_inset space ~
26159 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26161 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
26170 between the cross-reference name and its number to avoid ugly line breaks
26174 \begin_layout Standard
26175 There are six varieties of cross-references:
26178 \begin_layout Description
26179 <reference>: prints the number, this is the default:
26180 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26182 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
26189 \begin_layout Description
26190 (<reference>): prints the number within two parentheses, this is the style
26191 normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference name
26193 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26197 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26201 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26203 reference "eq:tanhExp"
26210 \begin_layout Description
26211 <page>: prints the page number: Page
26212 \begin_inset space ~
26216 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26217 LatexCommand pageref
26218 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
26225 \begin_layout Description
26227 \begin_inset space ~
26231 \begin_inset space ~
26234 <page>: prints the text "on page" and the page number:
26235 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26236 LatexCommand vpageref
26237 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
26244 \begin_layout Description
26246 \begin_inset space ~
26250 \begin_inset space ~
26254 \begin_inset space ~
26257 <page>: prints the number, the text "on page", and the page number:
26258 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26260 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
26267 \begin_layout Description
26269 \begin_inset space ~
26272 reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format.
26273 \begin_inset Newline newline
26277 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26285 This feature is only available when you have the LaTeX-package
26294 \begin_inset Index idx
26297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26298 LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
26304 \begin_inset Index idx
26307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26308 LaTeX-packages ! refstyle
26321 \begin_layout Description
26323 \begin_inset space ~
26326 reference: prints the caption or name of the reference:
26327 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26328 LatexCommand nameref
26329 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
26336 \begin_layout Standard
26341 will not print the page number if the label is on the previous, the same,
26344 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26348 \begin_inset space \space{}
26352 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26360 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26366 <reference> on page <page>
26368 will not print anything about the page if the label is on the same page.
26371 \begin_layout Standard
26372 The number and current page of the referenced document part in the output
26373 is automatically calculated by LaTeX.
26374 The varieties are adjusted in the field
26378 of the cross-reference window, that appear when you click on the cross-referenc
26382 \begin_layout Standard
26383 You can only use the style
26387 to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style
26391 is always possible.
26394 \begin_layout Standard
26395 If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading;
26396 for floats put the label in the caption; for footnotes put the label in
26398 Referencing formulas is explained in section
26399 \begin_inset space ~
26403 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26405 reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
26412 \begin_layout Standard
26413 Right-clicking on a cross-reference opens a context menu.
26417 \begin_inset space ~
26421 \begin_inset space ~
26426 sets the cursor before the referenced label.
26427 This entry will be renamed in the context menu of the label to
26430 \begin_inset space ~
26435 so that you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference.
26436 You can also go back with the toolbar button
26439 arg "bookmark-goto 0"
26445 \begin_layout Standard
26446 You can change labels at any time.
26447 References to the changed label will automatically be updated so that you
26448 do not need to take care about this.
26451 \begin_layout Standard
26452 If a cross-reference refers to a non-existent label, you will see two question
26453 marks in the output instead of the reference.
26456 \begin_layout Standard
26457 References are described in detail in sec.
26458 \begin_inset space ~
26462 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26466 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26476 \begin_layout Section
26477 Table of Contents and other Listings
26478 \begin_inset Index idx
26481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26488 \begin_inset Index idx
26491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26498 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26507 \begin_layout Subsection
26509 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26511 name "sub:Table-of-Contents"
26518 \begin_layout Standard
26519 The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu
26521 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26522 List/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26524 \begin_inset space ~
26528 \begin_inset space ~
26534 Is is displayed in LyX as a gray box.
26535 If you click on it, the
26539 window appears, showing you the TOC entries as outline to move and rearrange
26540 sections in your documents.
26541 So this operation is an alternative to the menu
26543 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26546 that is described in sec.
26547 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26551 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26553 reference "sec:Navigating"
26560 \begin_layout Standard
26561 The TOC in the document output lists every numbered section automatically.
26562 If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described
26564 \begin_inset space ~
26568 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26570 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
26574 , it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading.
26576 \begin_inset space ~
26580 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26582 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
26586 describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are
26588 Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC.
26591 \begin_layout Subsection
26592 List of Figures, Tables, and Algorithms
26593 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26595 name "sub:List-of-Figures"
26602 \begin_layout Standard
26603 Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
26604 You can insert them via the
26606 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26608 \begin_inset space ~
26612 \begin_inset space ~
26618 The list entries are the float captions and the float number.
26621 \begin_layout Section
26622 URLs and Hyperlinks
26623 \begin_inset Index idx
26626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26633 \begin_inset Index idx
26636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26645 \begin_layout Subsection
26647 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26656 \begin_layout Standard
26657 Links to web pages or email addresses can be inserted via the menu
26659 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26665 \begin_layout Standard
26666 Here is an example URL: LyX's homepage:
26667 \begin_inset Flex URL
26670 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26680 \begin_layout Standard
26681 You cannot change the style of the link text, the URL text will always be
26687 To be able to format the URL text, use hyperlinks as explained in the next
26691 \begin_layout Standard
26692 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26700 URLs must not end with a backslash, otherwise you get LaTeX errors.
26708 \begin_layout Subsection
26710 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26712 name "sub:Hyperlinks"
26719 \begin_layout Standard
26720 Hyperlinks can be inserted with the menu
26722 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26725 or with the toolbar button
26732 The appearing dialog has two fields:
26741 The name is the printed text for the hyperlink.
26742 The hyperlink type can be a weblink like this:
26743 \begin_inset CommandInset href
26745 name "LyX's homepage"
26746 target "http://www.lyx.org"
26750 , an Email address like this:
26751 \begin_inset CommandInset href
26753 name "lyx-docs mailing list"
26754 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org?subject=LyX's documentation"
26759 , or a link to a file.
26762 \begin_layout Standard
26763 You can start applications via a hyperlink when you insert a weblink, but
26765 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26773 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26776 to the link target.
26779 \begin_layout Standard
26780 Hyperlinks will automatically be hyphenated if necessary in the PDF output,
26781 and become clickable in the DVI and PDF-output.
26782 To set the format of the link text, highlight the hyperlink inset and use
26783 the text style dialog.
26784 This is for example a hyperlink with bold sans serif text:
26788 \begin_inset CommandInset href
26790 name "LyX's homepage"
26791 target "http://www.lyx.org"
26798 \begin_layout Standard
26799 The link text color can be changed, when the option
26803 is set in the PDF Properties dialog (menu
26805 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26806 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26810 The link text is for example set in this document to blue by adding the
26812 \begin_inset Newline newline
26820 \begin_inset Newline newline
26827 in the PDF Properties dialog.
26830 \begin_layout Section
26832 \begin_inset Index idx
26835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26842 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26844 name "sec:Appendices"
26851 \begin_layout Standard
26852 Appendices are created with the menu
26854 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26856 \begin_inset space ~
26860 \begin_inset space ~
26866 This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end
26867 as the appendix region.
26868 The region is marked with a red borderline.
26871 \begin_layout Standard
26872 Every chapter (or section) within the appendix region is treated as an appendix,
26873 numbered with a capital Latin letter.
26874 The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot
26875 and the subsection number.
26876 All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections,
26880 \begin_layout Standard
26882 \begin_inset space ~
26886 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26888 reference "cha:Credits"
26893 \begin_inset space ~
26897 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26899 reference "sub:Export"
26906 \begin_layout Section
26908 \begin_inset Index idx
26911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26918 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26920 name "sec:Bibliography"
26927 \begin_layout Standard
26928 There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a LyX-document.
26929 You can include a bibliography database,
26933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26934 Known under the name
26935 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26939 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26947 which is explained in the next subsection, or you can insert the bibliography
26948 manually, using the paragraph environment
26952 , which was described in section
26953 \begin_inset space ~
26957 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26959 reference "sub:Biblio_environment"
26964 If you want anything other than numerical citations that are used in this
26965 document, like author-year citations, then you must
26969 use a bibliography database.
26972 \begin_layout Subsection
26973 The Bibliography Environment
26976 \begin_layout Standard
26981 environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled
26983 If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
26992 The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
26994 For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about LaTeX
26996 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27000 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27003 , a short form of its title, as key.
27006 \begin_layout Standard
27007 You can refer to the key of a bibliography entry using the menu
27009 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27012 or the toolbar button
27015 arg "dialog-show-new-inset citation"
27019 A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear
27020 in which you can select one or more keys in the available key list.
27021 The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key.
27022 When you click on the box, the citation window appears and you can change
27026 \begin_layout Standard
27027 Citation references appear in the output as the number of the bibliography
27028 entry with surrounding brackets.
27033 for the entry, the label will appear instead of the number.
27034 Here are two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label
27036 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27040 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27046 \begin_layout Standard
27049 LaTeX Companion Second Edition
27052 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27054 key "latexcompanion"
27061 \begin_layout Standard
27062 The LyX-Team members are listed in the Credits:
27063 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27072 \begin_layout Subsection
27073 Bibliography databases (BibTeX)
27074 \begin_inset Index idx
27077 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27078 Bibliography ! Databases
27084 \begin_inset Index idx
27087 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27088 Bibliography ! BibTeX
27094 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27096 name "sub:Bibliography-databases"
27103 \begin_layout Standard
27104 Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same bibliography in different
27109 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27110 They are also useful simply for keeping a database of articles and notes
27112 Most of the database programs mentioned below allow you to store annotations
27113 and reviews along with bibliographical information.
27118 It also makes it very easy to have a uniform layout for all bibliography
27120 You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of
27121 your working field in a database.
27122 This database can be used for different documents, and only the entries
27123 cited in a particular document will appear in the bibliography list for
27125 This relieves you of the need to keep track of which articles and books
27129 \begin_layout Standard
27130 The database is a text file with the file extension
27131 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27139 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27142 , containing the bibliography in a special format.
27143 The format is explained in
27144 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27150 and in LaTeX books (
27151 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27153 key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport"
27158 The file can be created using any text editor, but normally one uses a
27159 special program to create and edit the entries in the database.
27160 A list of such programs is maintained on the LyX Wiki at
27161 \begin_inset Flex URL
27164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27166 http://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs
27174 \begin_layout Standard
27175 To use a database, use the menu
27177 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27182 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27195 \begin_inset space ~
27201 A grey box will be inserted and a window appears.
27202 In this window you can load one or more databases and a style file.
27205 Add bibliography to TOC
27207 adds a table of contents entry for the bibliography.
27212 drop box you can select whether to include > all the entries in the database
27213 in the document or just the cited references.
27216 \begin_layout Standard
27217 The style file is a text file with the file extension
27218 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27226 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27229 that controls how the bibliography entries will appear.
27230 Your LaTeX distribution should provide several of these, and many publishers
27231 provide their own style files, so that you don't have to take care of the
27233 It is of course possible to write your own style file, but this is something
27238 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27239 For information how this is done, have a look at
27240 \begin_inset Newline newline
27244 \begin_inset CommandInset href
27246 target "http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxhak.pdf"
27258 \begin_layout Standard
27259 Inserting a citation reference works as described in the previous section.
27262 \begin_layout Standard
27263 To generate the bibliography from a database, LyX uses the program BibTeX.
27264 This program can be controlled with options that you can add in LyX's preferenc
27267 Outputs\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27272 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27295 \begin_inset space ~
27301 Before adding options, it is strongly recommended to read the manual of
27307 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27316 \begin_layout Standard
27317 When you select the option
27319 Sectioned bibliography
27323 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27326 dialog, it is possible to have multiple and sectioned bibliographies.
27327 This and other options are explained in detail in section
27329 Customizing Bibliographies
27337 Additional Features
27342 \begin_layout Standard
27343 We use two bibliographies in this document to show the difference between
27344 the two methods of creating them.
27345 As you can see, the bibliography that is created from a database lists
27346 only the database entries that are referenced in the document.
27347 We used the style file
27351 to get the complicated German reference key scheme in the bibliography.
27354 \begin_layout Subsection
27355 Bibliography layout
27356 \begin_inset Index idx
27359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27360 Bibliography ! Layout
27368 \begin_layout Standard
27369 In the citation reference dialog you can set a special citation format.
27370 For this feature you need to enable the option
27376 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27380 \begin_inset Index idx
27383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27384 Document ! Settings
27394 Setting a citation style for a reference will overwrite the default.
27395 For the global citation format use the BibTeX style files as explained
27396 in the previous section.
27399 \begin_layout Standard
27400 You can also set text, that should appear before or after a citation reference,
27401 in the citation reference window.
27402 Here an example where we set the text
27403 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27407 \begin_inset space ~
27411 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27414 to appear after the reference:
27417 \begin_layout Standard
27419 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27422 key "latexcompanion"
27429 \begin_layout Section
27431 \begin_inset Index idx
27434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27441 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27450 \begin_layout Standard
27451 An index entry is created if you use the menu
27453 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27455 \begin_inset space ~
27460 or the toolbar button
27468 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27476 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27479 is inserted containing the text that appears in the index.
27480 The word where the cursor is in or the currently highlighted text is proposed
27481 by LyX as the index entry.
27484 \begin_layout Standard
27485 We give a short overview of the index commands in the next subsections.
27486 For a detailed description of LaTeX's index mechanism, have a look at one
27488 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27490 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
27497 \begin_layout Standard
27498 The index list is inserted in the document with the menu
27500 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27502 \begin_inset space ~
27506 \begin_inset space ~
27509 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27511 \begin_inset space ~
27517 A light blue box labeled
27518 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27526 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27529 will show the place where the index is printed in the output.
27530 The index list box is not clickable like other LyX-boxes.
27533 \begin_layout Subsection
27534 Grouping Index Entries
27535 \begin_inset Index idx
27538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27547 \begin_layout Standard
27548 Index entries are often grouped to offer the reader a fast search in the
27550 We want to group for example the index entries for itemized and enumerated
27551 lists under the entry
27552 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27556 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27560 First we create the entry
27561 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27565 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27569 \begin_inset space ~
27573 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27575 reference "sub:Lists"
27580 In the text field for the itemized list index entry in section
27581 \begin_inset space ~
27585 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27587 reference "sec:Itemize"
27591 , we insert the command
27594 \begin_layout Standard
27600 \begin_layout Standard
27604 \begin_layout Standard
27610 \begin_layout Standard
27611 for the enumerated list in section
27612 \begin_inset space ~
27616 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27618 reference "sec:Enumerate"
27625 \begin_layout Standard
27626 The exclamation mark
27627 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27631 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27634 marks the grouping levels.
27635 You can have three levels; every index level is indented a bit more.
27636 An index entry for the higher levels is not required.
27637 If we don't have an index entry for
27638 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27642 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27645 , it will be printed anyway, but without a page number.
27648 \begin_layout Subsection
27650 \begin_inset Index idx
27653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27654 Index ! Page ranges
27662 \begin_layout Standard
27663 Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed
27665 But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry.
27666 E.g if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create an index entry
27668 \begin_inset space ~
27672 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27674 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
27681 \begin_layout Standard
27684 Paragraph environments|(
27687 \begin_layout Standard
27688 and another entry at the end of section
27689 \begin_inset space ~
27693 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27695 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
27702 \begin_layout Standard
27705 Paragraph environments|)
27708 \begin_layout Standard
27710 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27718 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27722 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27730 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27733 respectively start and end the index range.
27734 You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document.
27735 They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of
27736 the pages of the indexed document parts.
27737 An example is the index entry
27738 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27741 Document ! Settings
27742 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27748 \begin_layout Subsection
27750 \begin_inset Index idx
27753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27754 Index ! Cross referencing
27762 \begin_layout Standard
27763 It is also possible to refer to another index entry.
27764 We referred for example in the index entry
27765 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27769 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27773 \begin_inset space ~
27777 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27779 reference "sub:Image-Formats"
27783 ) to the index entry
27784 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27788 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27791 in the same section using the entry
27794 \begin_layout Standard
27797 GIF|see{Image formats}
27800 \begin_layout Standard
27801 where the braces have to be inserted as TeX Code.
27802 The text within the braces is the referenced entry.
27803 The reference will appear in the output without a page number.
27806 \begin_layout Subsection
27808 \begin_inset Index idx
27811 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27812 Index ! Entry order
27820 \begin_layout Standard
27821 You can use accented characters in the index entry, but the entries might
27822 then not follow the rules for the index order.
27823 The index entries are sorted alphabetically, but LaTeX
27827 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27828 The index generating is done in the background by an extra program, see
27830 \begin_inset space ~
27834 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27836 reference "sub:Index-Program"
27845 doesn't know how to sort accents in different languages.
27846 We have created as an example the three dummy index entries
27847 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27851 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27855 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27859 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27863 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27867 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27871 \begin_inset Index idx
27874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27875 Dummy entries ! maïs
27881 \begin_inset Index idx
27884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27885 Dummy entries ! maître
27891 \begin_inset Index idx
27894 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27895 Dummy entries ! maïs@maison
27900 They will be sorted in the order maïs, maître, maison, but we want the
27901 order maïs, maison, maître.
27902 To achieve this, we use the command
27905 \begin_layout Standard
27908 previous entry@current entry
27911 \begin_layout Standard
27912 In our case we want to have
27913 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27917 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27921 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27925 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27928 and write therefore for the index entry of maison:
27931 \begin_layout Standard
27937 \begin_layout Standard
27938 The previous entry needn't to be a real existing entry, you can also use
27939 another word to tell LaTeX the entry order, see the next subsection for
27943 \begin_layout Standard
27944 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27950 \begin_layout Standard
27951 In some cases the index entry order is not correct when you are using the
27956 to generate the index (see sec.
27957 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27961 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27963 reference "sub:Index-Program"
27972 would for example print the index entry for the LaTeX-package aeguill in
27974 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27978 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27980 reference "sub:Document-Font"
27984 after the index entries of the other LaTeX-packages although all these
27985 index commands start with
27986 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27994 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27998 The reason is that the index entry for aeguill is in a footnote.
28003 bug, add these commands to the preamble of your document:
28006 \begin_layout Standard
28018 \begin_layout Standard
28030 \begin_layout Subsection
28032 \begin_inset Index idx
28035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28036 Index ! Entry layout
28044 \begin_layout Standard
28045 You can change the appearance of index entries via the text style dialog.
28046 \begin_inset Index idx
28049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28052 This is an italic dummy entry
28057 You can also format the page number using the character
28058 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28062 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28065 followed by a LaTeX-command without a backslash.
28066 We can write for example
28069 \begin_layout Standard
28072 italic page number:|textit
28075 \begin_layout Standard
28076 to get the page number in italic.
28077 \begin_inset Index idx
28080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28081 Dummy entries ! italic page number:|textit
28086 Normally all LaTeX-commands begin with a backslash, but in this special
28088 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28096 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28104 \begin_inset space ~
28110 Have a look at section
28111 \begin_inset space ~
28115 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28117 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
28121 to learn more about the LaTeX-syntax.
28124 \begin_layout Standard
28125 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
28128 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28133 Formatting single index entries only works when you use the program
28137 to generate the index, see sec.
28138 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28142 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28144 reference "sub:Index-Program"
28153 , however, this won't work for anything other than bold or italic text.
28154 This is because xindy requires you
28155 \change_deleted 5863208 1304031984
28158 to define semantic elements before they can be used, see
28159 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28162 key "latexcompanion"
28174 \begin_layout Standard
28175 In general, we encourage you to not format page numbers directly as shown
28177 Instead of this, you should define a macro in the preamble and use that.
28178 Consider why you want some page numbers to be bold.
28179 Maybe you want all page references italic that refer to a definition of
28180 the indexed term, so that users can easily find definitions.
28181 If so, put the following in the preamble
28184 \begin_layout Standard
28196 \begin_layout Standard
28200 \begin_layout Standard
28206 \begin_layout Standard
28207 in the index entry.
28208 \begin_inset Index idx
28211 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28212 Dummy entries ! my entry|IndexDef
28217 The advantage is that, if you change your mind later or if your publisher
28218 insists that definitions must not be italic but bold, you just need to
28219 change the macro in the preamble, not every single index entry.
28222 \begin_layout Standard
28223 You can also change the layout for the whole index.
28225 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28229 \begin_inset space \space{}
28232 we marked the index list box of this document as bold to get a bold font
28233 for all index entries.
28234 For more advanced tasks you have to set up a so-called
28246 documentation for details,
28247 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28249 key "makeindex,xindy"
28256 \begin_layout Subsection
28258 \begin_inset Index idx
28261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28268 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28270 name "sub:Index-Program"
28277 \begin_layout Standard
28278 If the index entry program
28282 is installed, LyX uses it for index generation; otherwise the program
28286 , that is part of every LaTeX distribution, is used.
28290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28295 is very old, no longer under development and has many pitfalls, notably
28296 that it was developed with only the English language in mind.
28297 So it fails to sort anything other than a monolingual English text correctly.
28298 We have shown above how to fix this sorting.
28299 However, if you are writing in another than the English language, consider
28309 Both programs can be controlled by options that can be set in LyX's preferences
28310 dialog, see section
28311 \begin_inset space ~
28315 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28317 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
28322 The available options are listed and explained in
28323 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28325 key "makeindex,xindy"
28330 In this dialog, you can also specify an alternative program to generate
28334 \begin_layout Standard
28335 If you need specific options or an alternative index program only for a
28336 given document, you can define the program and\SpecialChar \slash{}
28339 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28340 Settings\SpecialChar \ldots{}
28341 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
28345 This is especially useful if you need to pass language-specific options
28346 to the index program or if you need a specific layout style.
28349 \begin_layout Subsection
28353 \begin_layout Standard
28354 In many fields, it is common to have more than one index.
28355 For instance, you might need to set up a separate
28356 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28360 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28363 next to the standard index.
28364 LaTeX does not provide this possibility out of the box, but there are many
28365 packages that add this feature.
28371 \begin_inset Index idx
28374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28375 LaTeX-packages ! splitidx
28380 package to generate multiple indexes.
28381 The package is included in all recent LaTeX distributions.
28382 If yours does not ship it, consult the TeX Catalogue,
28383 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28390 Note that the package does not only consist of a LaTeX style, but it also
28391 includes specific preprocessor programs that need to be installed as well.
28392 Please consult the package's manual for details.
28395 \begin_layout Standard
28396 To set up LyX for the use of multiple indexes, go to
28398 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28399 Settings\SpecialChar \ldots{}
28400 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
28404 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28407 Use multiple Indexes
28408 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28412 Note that the list of
28413 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28417 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28420 below already contains the standard index.
28421 To add further indexes, add the name of the index (in the form that should
28422 also appear as a heading) to the
28423 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28427 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28430 input field and press the
28431 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28435 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28439 The new index should now appear in the list as well.
28440 If you like, you can attribute an alternative label color to the new index
28441 by selecting the index in the list and hitting the
28442 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28445 Alter Color\SpecialChar \ldots{}
28447 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28451 The label color may help you to differentiate index entries of different
28452 indexes in the LyX work area.
28455 \begin_layout Standard
28456 Once the document changes have been applied, you can find the new index
28459 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28461 \begin_inset space ~
28465 \begin_inset space ~
28474 menu has a separate index entry for each of the defined indexes.
28475 The workflow is basically the same as for the default index, but there
28476 are some additional features:
28479 \begin_layout Itemize
28480 If you want to change the attribution of a specific index entry, right-clicking
28481 on the entry will open a dialog where you can do that.
28484 \begin_layout Itemize
28485 By right-clicking on an index, you can change its type.
28486 Furthermore, you can specify an index list to be a
28487 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28491 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28495 If you do that, the heading of that list will be decreased by one level.
28497 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28500 g., if you use a book class, where the standard index heading is defined
28501 as a chapter, subindexes will be defined as sections and can thus be nested
28502 to the non-subindexes.
28505 \begin_layout Section
28506 Nomenclature / Glossary
28507 \begin_inset Index idx
28510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28517 \begin_inset Index idx
28520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28549 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28551 name "sec:Nomenclature"
28558 \begin_layout Standard
28559 Sometimes you need to compile a list of symbols that are mentioned in your
28560 document with a brief explanation of them – a so called nomenclature or
28564 \begin_layout Standard
28565 To be able to create nomenclatures, you need the LaTeX package
28570 \begin_inset Index idx
28573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28574 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
28580 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
28581 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28587 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
28590 \begin_layout Standard
28591 A nomenclature entry is created if you place the cursor after a symbol entry
28592 and then use the menu
28594 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28600 \begin_inset space ~
28605 or the toolbar button
28608 arg "nomencl-insert"
28613 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28621 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28624 is inserted and a window pops up asking for the nomenclature entry.
28627 \begin_layout Standard
28628 A nomenclature entry consists of two main entries.
28629 The first is the symbol that you want to refer to.
28630 The second is the description of the symbol.
28633 \begin_layout Standard
28634 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
28637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28642 You have to enter valid LaTeX-code for all fields of the nomenclature dialog.
28650 \begin_layout Subsection
28651 Nomenclature Definition and Layout
28652 \begin_inset Index idx
28655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28656 Nomenclature ! Layout
28664 \begin_layout Standard
28665 When you have symbols in formulas, you have to define them in the
28669 field as LaTeX-formulas.
28671 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28675 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28679 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28683 \begin_inset Newline newline
28691 \begin_inset Newline newline
28697 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28701 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28704 character starts/ends the formula.
28705 The LaTeX-command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning
28707 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28713 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28717 For capital Greek letters, start the command also with a capital letter,
28727 \begin_layout Standard
28728 (A short introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
28729 \begin_inset space ~
28733 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28735 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
28742 \begin_layout Standard
28746 \begin_inset space ~
28751 dialog to format the description text but have to use LaTeX-commands.
28752 For example the description of the nomenclature entry for the
28753 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28757 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28761 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28764 in this document is:
28765 \begin_inset Newline newline
28770 dummy entry for the character
28775 \begin_inset Newline newline
28787 \begin_inset space ~
28797 font use the command
28826 \begin_layout Subsection
28827 Sort Order of Nomenclature Entries
28828 \begin_inset Index idx
28831 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28832 Nomenclature ! Sort order
28840 \begin_layout Standard
28841 The nomenclature entries are sorted alphabetically by the LaTeX-code of
28842 the symbol definition.
28843 This leads to undesired results when you for example have symbols in formulas.
28844 Suppose you have nomenclature entries for the symbols
28847 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
28848 LatexCommand nomenclature
28850 description "dummy entry for the character \"a\""
28857 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28861 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
28862 LatexCommand nomenclature
28865 description "dummy entry for the character \\textsf{sigma}"
28870 They will be sorted by
28871 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28879 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28883 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28893 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28897 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28900 will be sorted before the
28904 since the character
28905 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28909 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28912 is considered in sorting.
28915 \begin_layout Standard
28916 To control the sort order, you can edit the
28919 \begin_inset space ~
28924 field of the nomenclature dialog.
28925 Then the nomenclature entry will be sorted by this entry and not the symbol
28927 For the example given, you can insert
28931 in this field for the
28932 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28939 will be located before
28940 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28946 \begin_layout Standard
28947 For subgrouping and tips for using sort entries see the
28952 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28961 \begin_layout Subsection
28962 Nomenclature Options
28963 \begin_inset Index idx
28966 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28967 Nomenclature ! Options
28975 \begin_layout Standard
28980 package offers some options to adjust the appearance of the nomenclature.
28981 Here are some of its options, for more have a look at its documentation:
28984 \begin_layout Description
28985 refeq Appends the phrase
28986 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28998 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29001 to every nomenclature entry, where
29007 is the number of the last equation in front of the nomenclature entry
29010 \begin_layout Description
29011 refpage Appends the phrase
29012 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29024 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29027 to every nomenclature entry, where
29033 is the number of the page on which the nomenclature entry appeared
29036 \begin_layout Description
29037 intoc Inserts the nomenclature in the Table of Contents
29040 \begin_layout Standard
29041 There are furthermore the options
29085 to print the reference texts and the nomenclature title in the corresponding
29089 \begin_layout Standard
29090 To use one or more of the options, add them to the comma-separated document
29091 class options list in the
29093 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29097 In this document the option
29104 \begin_layout Standard
29105 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
29111 \begin_layout Standard
29112 You can also use the first two options above only for certain nomenclature
29113 entries when you add one of the following commands as last entry to the
29118 field in the nomenclature dialog:
29121 \begin_layout Description
29131 \begin_layout Description
29134 nomrefpage Like the
29141 \begin_layout Description
29144 nomrefeqpage Short notation of
29153 \begin_layout Description
29157 \begin_inset space ~
29163 \begin_inset space ~
29168 nomnorefeqpage Turns off the corresponding options
29171 \begin_layout Subsection
29172 Printing the Nomenclature
29173 \begin_inset Index idx
29176 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29177 Nomenclature ! Printing
29185 \begin_layout Standard
29186 To print the nomenclature, use the menu
29188 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29190 \begin_inset space ~
29194 \begin_inset space ~
29197 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29201 A light blue box labeled
29202 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29210 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29213 will show the place where the nomenclature is printed in the output.
29214 Like the index list box, the nomenclature list box is not clickable.
29217 \begin_layout Standard
29218 In the printed output the title of the nomenclature appears as
29219 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29223 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29227 If you are not happy with the name, you can change it by redefining the
29235 For example, in order to change the name to
29239 , add the following line to the preamble:
29242 \begin_layout Standard
29250 nomname}{List of Symbols}
29253 \begin_layout Standard
29254 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
29260 \begin_layout Standard
29261 If you are unhappy with the amount of space for symbols, you can alter it
29262 by adding the following line to the preamble:
29265 \begin_layout Standard
29273 nomlabelwidth}{width}
29276 \begin_layout Standard
29279 where the width is a value with one of the units listed in Appendix
29280 \begin_inset space ~
29284 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29286 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
29291 The default value is 1
29292 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29298 \begin_layout Subsection
29299 Nomenclature Program
29300 \begin_inset Index idx
29303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29304 Nomenclature ! Program
29310 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29312 name "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
29319 \begin_layout Standard
29320 LyX uses the program
29324 , that is part of every LaTeX distribution, to generate the nomenclature.
29325 LyX's preferences dialog allows you to specify another program or to control
29330 by adding options, see section
29331 \begin_inset space ~
29335 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29337 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
29342 The available options are listed and explained in
29343 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29345 key "nomencl,makeindex"
29352 \begin_layout Section
29354 \begin_inset Index idx
29357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29364 \begin_inset Index idx
29367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29368 Document ! Branches
29374 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29376 name "sec:Branches"
29383 \begin_layout Standard
29384 Sometimes it is useful to hide some document parts in the output.
29385 For example a teacher who is setting an exam obviously doesn't want the
29386 pupils to see the answers, but having questions and answers in the same
29387 document will make the life of the markers of that exam much easier.
29390 \begin_layout Standard
29391 For these cases LyX allows you to put text into branches.
29392 The text will then only appear in the output when its branch is activated.
29393 To create a branch, either select the menu
29395 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29396 Branch\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29399 (if you just want to specify a new branch) or go in the
29401 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29408 , where you can specify and change the name of the branch, its activation
29409 state (whether the content of the branch is shown in the output or not),
29410 its background color inside LyX and whether the name of the branch should
29411 be appended to the document file name on export if the branch is active
29412 (see below for an example).
29413 Furthermore, the dialog lets you merge two branches (just rename one branch
29414 to the name of the other) and to add
29415 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29419 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29423 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29427 \begin_inset space ~
29430 branches that were added to the document via copy and paste from other documents
29431 , without having being defined) to the document's branch list.
29434 \begin_layout Standard
29435 Text that should be in a branch is set into branch inset boxes.
29436 These boxes are inserted via the menu
29438 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29441 where you can choose a branch.
29442 You can later change the activation state of the branch by right-clicking
29446 \begin_layout Standard
29447 Here is an example, where only the question text appears, the answer branch
29448 is deactivated and does therefore not appear in the output:
29451 \begin_layout Standard
29452 \begin_inset Branch Question
29455 \begin_layout Standard
29456 Question: Who was the first physics Nobel prize winner?
29464 \begin_layout Standard
29465 \begin_inset Branch Answer
29468 \begin_layout Standard
29469 Answer: Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen
29477 \begin_layout Standard
29484 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29485 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29488 , the name of the active branches will be appended to the file name at export.
29489 Consider for example a file
29490 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29494 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29497 which has the above branches.
29499 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29503 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29506 is active, the PDF export file would be called
29507 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29511 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29515 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29519 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29523 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29527 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29530 branch were inactive,
29531 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29535 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29539 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29543 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29546 branch was active, likewise
29547 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29551 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29555 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29559 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29562 branch was active, and
29563 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29566 Exam-Question-Answer.pdf
29567 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29570 if both branches were active.
29571 This helps you to easily export different versions of your document without
29575 \begin_layout Standard
29576 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
29582 \begin_layout Standard
29583 To use conditional output inside places where you cannot insert branch insets,
29584 like inside equations, you can code special LaTeX definitions for each
29586 For example you can define for the question branch
29590 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29591 For an introduction to the LaTeX-syntax, see section
29592 \begin_inset space ~
29596 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29598 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
29610 \begin_layout Standard
29620 \begin_layout Standard
29630 \begin_layout Standard
29631 and for the answer branch
29634 \begin_layout Standard
29644 \begin_layout Standard
29654 \begin_layout Standard
29655 \begin_inset Branch Question
29658 \begin_layout Standard
29662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29690 \begin_layout Standard
29691 \begin_inset Branch Answer
29694 \begin_layout Standard
29698 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29707 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29726 \begin_layout Standard
29727 Now it is possible to use the commands
29731 question{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
29738 answer{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
29741 to obtain conditional output.
29742 Here is an example formula where only the
29749 \begin_inset Formula
29751 x^{2}-2x-2\Rightarrow\question{x_{1}}\answer{x_{2}}=1\question{+\sqrt{3}}\answer{-\sqrt{3}}.
29759 \begin_layout Standard
29760 Inside math, the same effect can be achieved using math macros, see the
29768 \begin_layout Section
29770 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29772 name "sec:PDF-Properties"
29777 \begin_inset Index idx
29780 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29789 \begin_layout Standard
29794 dialog allows you in the
29798 to set up special options for the PDF output of your document.
29799 All options there are provided by the LaTeX-package
29804 \begin_inset Index idx
29807 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29808 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
29816 \begin_layout Standard
29821 will link all cross-references in the DVI- and PDF-output.
29822 This means that the reader of your document will be able to click on a
29823 table of contents entry or on a reference and he is shown the referenced
29825 You can specify in the dialog tab
29829 how the links will look like and if links for bibliographical backreferences
29831 The backreferences will appear in the bibliography behind the different
29832 entries, showing the number of the section, slide, or page where the entry
29836 \begin_layout Standard
29841 you can set if PDF-bookmarks should be created for every section of your
29842 document to make it easier for readers to navigate through the document.
29843 You can decide if the bookmarks should be numbered like your document sections
29845 With the open bookmarks level you can specify what sectioning level should
29846 be displayed in the bookmarks when opening the PDF.
29848 \begin_inset space ~
29851 2 will display all sections and subsections, while level
29852 \begin_inset space ~
29855 1 will only display the sections.
29858 \begin_layout Standard
29859 The header information in the dialog tab
29863 are saved together with the PDF as file properties.
29864 Many programs are able to extract this information to e.
29865 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29869 \begin_inset space \space{}
29872 automatically recognize who the author is and what the PDF is about.
29873 This is very useful to sort, classify, or use PDFs for bibliography issues.
29876 Automatic fill header
29878 is set, LyX tries to extract the header information from your document
29879 title and author settings.
29882 \begin_layout Standard
29885 Load in fullscreen mode
29887 will open the PDF in fullscreen mode, which is useful for presentations.
29890 \begin_layout Standard
29891 PDF properties are also used in this document.
29892 When you look in its document settings, you can see that some additional
29898 For an explanation of them we refer you to the hyperref manual
29899 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29908 \begin_layout Section
29909 TeX Code and the LaTeX Syntax
29910 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29912 name "sec:TeX-Code"
29919 \begin_layout Subsection
29921 \begin_inset Index idx
29924 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29931 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29933 name "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
29940 \begin_layout Standard
29941 As LyX uses LaTeX in the background, it supports many LaTeX commands and
29942 constructs, but not all.
29943 LaTeX contains of hundreds of packages which provide different commands.
29944 All the time packages are being updated and new ones added.
29945 This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything as there
29946 is for every problem a LaTeX-package.
29947 But LyX can of course not be up to date and support all packages and their
29951 \begin_layout Standard
29952 But don't worry, you can use any LaTeX-command directly in LyX inside the
29954 A TeX Code box is created by the menu
29956 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29958 \begin_inset space ~
29963 or by the toolbar button
29970 The box can be opened by left-clicking and closed by right-clicking on
29974 \begin_layout Standard
29975 You can insert complete or incomplete commands as TeX Code.
29976 Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard LyX text.
29977 For example, if you want to draw a frame around a word and are therefore
29978 using the LaTeX-command
29984 , you can write the command part
29990 in a TeX Code box before the word and the closing brace
29994 in a second TeX Code box behind the word.
29995 The word between the two TeX Code boxes is then the argument as it is in
29996 the following example:
29999 \begin_layout Standard
30000 \begin_inset Graphics
30001 filename clipart/ERT.png
30009 \begin_layout Standard
30013 \begin_layout Standard
30014 This is a line with a
30018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30041 \begin_layout Standard
30042 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
30045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30050 At the end of LaTeX-commands without parameters, you have to insert a space
30051 to let LaTeX know that the command is finished.
30059 \begin_layout Subsection
30060 Short Introduction to the LaTeX Syntax
30061 \begin_inset Argument
30064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30071 \begin_inset Index idx
30074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30081 \begin_inset CommandInset label
30083 name "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
30090 \begin_layout Standard
30091 When you write larger documents or books, you will need to know something
30092 about the LaTeX-commands that LyX uses in the background.
30093 Because LaTeX is based on commands, you can
30094 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30098 \begin_inset Quotes erd
30102 This has the advantage that the layout of the document can be changed at
30103 any time if you know the right commands.
30105 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30109 \begin_inset space \space{}
30112 imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline is the
30114 Your boss just has complimented you for your good work but wants to have
30115 all caption labels bold.
30116 But you have over hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels
30118 Of course it's impossible to change all caption labels manually in one
30122 \begin_layout Standard
30123 Now LaTeX comes into play.
30124 As mentioned above, for every problem there exists a LaTeX-package.
30125 First you have to find out which and therefore look in the LaTeX package
30127 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
30136 \begin_layout Standard
30137 As result you know that the package
30142 \begin_inset Index idx
30145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30146 LaTeX-packages ! caption
30152 To use a package, you have to load it in the document preamble (menu
30154 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30160 \begin_layout Standard
30165 usepackage[options]{package name}
30168 \begin_layout Standard
30169 All LaTeX commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within
30170 two braces, and the options are set within two brackets.
30171 Note that not all commands have an argument and options.
30174 \begin_layout Standard
30175 In your case the package name is
30180 After a look in the documentation of the package, you know that the option
30185 will change the font of all caption labels to bold.
30186 So you add the command
30189 \begin_layout Standard
30194 usepackage[labelfont=bf]{caption}
30197 \begin_layout Standard
30198 to the preamble and the problem is solved.
30202 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30203 For more commands provided by the
30207 package, have a look at its documentation,
30208 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
30222 \begin_layout Standard
30223 Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well known problems
30225 For example if you use a
30229 class, you don't need the package
30233 , you can instead write
30236 \begin_layout Standard
30241 setkomafont{captionlabel}{
30246 \begin_layout Standard
30247 in the preamble and the problem is solved.
30248 So if you plan to write a large document, you should have a look at the
30249 documentation of the document class you want to use.
30256 is an example of a command with more than one argument.)
30259 \begin_layout Standard
30260 Commands in the preamble affect the whole document, while commands in the
30261 text affect only the text after the command or only the text used as command
30263 To insert a LaTeX-command in text, use the TeX Code box as described in
30264 the previous section.
30267 \begin_layout Standard
30268 If you want to learn more about LaTeX and its syntax, have a look at the
30270 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
30272 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
30279 \begin_layout Standard
30280 \begin_inset Newpage cleardoublepage
30286 \begin_layout Standard
30290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30300 \begin_inset Note Note
30303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30304 switches temporarily to a page style with custom header and footer line
30312 \begin_layout Left Header
30313 \begin_inset Argument
30316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30336 \begin_inset Note Note
30339 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30340 defines the header line as described below
30348 \begin_layout Center Header
30349 \begin_inset Argument
30352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30361 \begin_layout Right Header
30362 \begin_inset Argument
30365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30386 \begin_layout Left Footer
30387 \begin_inset Argument
30390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30411 \begin_layout Center Footer
30412 \begin_inset Argument
30415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30426 \begin_inset Newline newline
30430 \begin_inset Formula $\Upsilon=\frac{\sqrt[3]{\aleph}}{\spadesuit}$
30436 \begin_layout Right Footer
30437 \begin_inset Argument
30440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30462 \begin_layout Section
30463 Customized Page Headers and Footers
30464 \begin_inset Index idx
30467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30468 Document ! Header/Footer line
30474 \begin_inset Index idx
30477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30486 \begin_layout Standard
30487 To define custom page header and footer line for your document, you need
30488 to set the headings style to
30494 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30500 \begin_inset space ~
30506 As second step add in the menu
30508 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30509 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30513 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30516 Custom Header/Footerlines
30517 \begin_inset Quotes erd
30521 This module offers the 6
30522 \begin_inset space ~
30528 \begin_layout Description
30530 \begin_inset space ~
30534 \begin_inset space ~
30538 \begin_inset space ~
30542 \begin_inset space ~
30546 \begin_inset space ~
30552 \begin_layout Description
30554 \begin_inset space ~
30558 \begin_inset space ~
30562 \begin_inset space ~
30566 \begin_inset space ~
30570 \begin_inset space ~
30576 \begin_layout Standard
30577 for the different positions in the header/footer.
30580 \begin_layout Standard
30581 Normally, headers and footers are set up in the beginning of the document.
30582 but you can change them anywhere you want to.
30584 \begin_inset space ~
30588 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
30590 reference "fig:Page-layout"
30594 shows the page layout and where the header/footer styles will appear.
30597 \begin_layout Standard
30598 \begin_inset Float figure
30604 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30607 \begin_inset Tabular
30608 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="3">
30609 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
30610 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="30line%">
30611 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="30line%">
30612 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="30line%">
30614 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30623 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
30626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30632 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30643 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30646 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30652 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30661 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30672 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none" width="90line%">
30675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30676 The normal text on the page goes here.
30677 The running header is above thel text, and the footer is below (including
30679 Headers/footers typically contain things like the page number, title of
30680 the chapter, company logo but your can use almost anything, except of floats.
30685 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30688 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30694 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30705 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30714 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30723 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30734 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30743 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
30746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30752 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30770 \begin_inset Caption
30772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30773 \begin_inset CommandInset label
30775 name "fig:Page-layout"
30779 Page layout with custom header and footer line.
30792 \begin_layout Subsection
30796 \begin_layout Standard
30797 To define your header line, add all 3
30798 \begin_inset space ~
30802 The things you add to the styles appear on uneven pages, the things in
30803 the optional arguments on even pages.
30804 For single-sided documents, the optional arguments will not be used and
30806 If you leave a style or its argument empty, nothing appears in the output.
30807 Defining the footer line works similar.
30810 \begin_layout Standard
30811 For the definition, you will need some LaTeX-commands that are inserted
30814 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30827 \begin_inset space ~
30835 \begin_layout Description
30838 thepage prints the current page number
30841 \begin_layout Description
30844 Roman{page} prints the current page number with capital roman numerals
30847 \begin_layout Description
30850 roman{page} prints the current page number with small roman numerals
30853 \begin_layout Description
30856 leftmark prints the current section number and title.
30857 If the document has chapters, it prints the current chapter number and
30860 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30864 \begin_inset Quotes prd
30867 because it usually goes in a left header.
30870 \begin_layout Description
30873 rightmark prints the current subsection number and title.
30874 If the document has chapters, it prints the current section number and
30876 It is normally used in the right header.
30879 \begin_layout Subsection
30880 Default header/footer
30883 \begin_layout Standard
30884 The custom header/footer is not empty by default.
30885 The default header contains the chapter and section title and the center
30886 footer has the page number.
30887 In order to remove unwanted entries from the header/footer, include the
30888 relevant header/footer style in your document, but leave it blank.
30889 So, if you do not want a page number in the footer, include a blank
30892 \begin_inset space ~
30900 \begin_layout Subsection
30904 \begin_layout Standard
30905 The header and footer will appear on normal pages.
30906 Some pages are different.
30907 The title page has a style of its own, and so has any page that starts
30908 a new part or chapter in your book.
30909 Such pages will not have the custom headers/footers, but that is normal.
30910 There is for example no need to print a header with the chapter name on
30911 the chapter page where the chapter heading is in big bold letters anyway.
30914 \begin_layout Subsubsection
30915 Header and footer decoration line
30918 \begin_layout Standard
30919 By default, you get a 0.4
30920 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30923 pt thick line below the header and no footer line.
30924 This can be changed in the document preamble with the commands
30936 in the following scheme:
30939 \begin_layout Standard
30946 headrulewidth}{thickness}
30949 \begin_layout Standard
30950 Where thickness is a size in standard units like
30959 If you don't want a line, set the thickness to 0
30960 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30966 \begin_layout Standard
30967 The lines can also be colored, but this requires more knowledge of LaTeX.
30968 If you really need this, have a look in the Internet or in sec.
30969 \begin_inset space ~
30973 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
30982 \begin_layout Subsubsection
30983 Several header/footer lines
30986 \begin_layout Standard
30987 In case that you need more than one text line as a header/footer, you can
30988 do this by adding a normal line break in the style definition.
30989 However, the default height of the header/footer is only the one of one
30991 To expand the height, redefine the LaTeX length
31003 in this scheme in your document preamble:
31006 \begin_layout Standard
31013 headheight}{height}
31016 \begin_layout Standard
31017 Where height is a size in standard units.
31018 If you don't know which amount of space is needed for the height, define
31019 your header/footer and preview your document as PDF.
31020 Then open the LaTeX logfile via the menu
31022 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31036 and look via the button
31039 \begin_inset space ~
31044 if you find a warning of the package
31049 \begin_inset Index idx
31052 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31053 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
31059 If there is such a warning, it contains the space that you need at least
31060 for your header/footer.
31063 \begin_layout Subsection
31067 \begin_layout Standard
31068 This example demonstrates what can be done with custom header/footers.
31069 Don't use it for yor document as it is just an example.
31070 This example consists of the following definition:
31073 \begin_layout Description
31075 \begin_inset space ~
31084 , empty optional argument
31087 \begin_layout Description
31089 \begin_inset space ~
31092 Header empty, empty optional argument
31095 \begin_layout Description
31097 \begin_inset space ~
31106 in the optional argument
31109 \begin_layout Description
31111 \begin_inset space ~
31120 in the optional argument
31123 \begin_layout Description
31125 \begin_inset space ~
31137 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31141 \begin_inset Newline newline
31145 \begin_inset Formula $\Upsilon=\frac{\sqrt[3]{\aleph}}{\spadesuit}$
31149 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31152 in the optional argument
31155 \begin_layout Description
31157 \begin_inset space ~
31166 , empty optional argument
31169 \begin_layout Description
31172 headrulewidth set to 2
31173 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31179 \begin_layout Standard
31180 In principle you can use almost everything in headers/footers, except of
31182 For more special things like e.
31183 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31187 \begin_inset space ~
31190 thumb-indexes, see the manual of the
31195 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
31204 \begin_layout Standard
31205 \begin_inset Newpage clearpage
31211 \begin_layout Standard
31215 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31219 pagestyle{headings}
31225 \begin_inset Note Note
31228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31229 switches back to page style with the default headings
31237 \begin_layout Section
31238 Previewing Snippets of your Document
31239 \begin_inset CommandInset label
31241 name "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
31246 \begin_inset Index idx
31249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31256 \begin_inset Index idx
31259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31268 \begin_layout Standard
31269 LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the
31270 fly so you can see how they'll look in the final document without having
31271 to break your train of thought with
31273 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31279 \begin_layout Standard
31280 If you would for example like to see in LyX your math formulas typeset by
31281 LaTeX, install the LaTeX-package
31286 \begin_inset Index idx
31289 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31290 LaTeX-packages ! preview-latex
31295 as explained below, and turn on
31298 \begin_inset space ~
31305 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31309 \begin_inset space ~
31313 \begin_inset space ~
31316 feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31321 \begin_inset space ~
31326 is the multiplication factor for the size.
31329 \begin_layout Standard
31330 Previews are generated when you load a document into LyX and when you finish
31332 Previews of an already loaded document are
31336 generated just by selecting the
31339 \begin_inset space ~
31344 check box, you have to reopen the documents to activate the previews.
31347 \begin_layout Standard
31348 LyX will generate previews of math insets.
31349 It will also generate previews of included insets if you select the
31352 \begin_inset space ~
31357 check box in the insert dialog.
31358 This is useful if you wish to generate a preview of a LaTeX figure, for
31362 \begin_layout Standard
31363 To get previews working, you need the LaTeX package
31367 (on some systems named simply
31372 If it is not already installed, you will find it in the TeX Catalogue,
31374 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
31380 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
31381 You obtain prettier results if you install the program
31389 package; for LyX on Windows this program is automatically installed together
31393 \begin_layout Standard
31394 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
31400 \begin_layout Standard
31401 You can furthermore preview the LaTeX source of the whole document or parts
31405 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31407 \begin_inset space ~
31412 and a window will be shown where you can see the LaTeX-source code.
31413 The window shows the source of the whole paragraph where the cursor is
31415 You can also select document parts in LyX's main window, then only this
31416 selection (when it is more than one paragraph) is shown as source code.
31417 To view the whole document as source, enable the corresponding option in
31418 the source view window.
31421 \begin_layout Section
31422 Advanced Find and Replace
31423 \begin_inset CommandInset label
31425 name "sec:Advanced-Find-and"
31430 \begin_inset Index idx
31433 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31440 \begin_inset Index idx
31443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31452 \begin_layout Subsection
31456 \begin_layout Standard
31457 The advanced find and replace feature of LyX allows for searching of complex,
31458 format-sensitive text segments and mathematics contents within LyX documents.
31459 It is an enhancement of the standard (quick) find and replace feature.
31460 The key-features are:
31463 \begin_layout Itemize
31464 Both searching of text and of mathematical formulas is allowed, where the
31465 latter is done by entering mathematics in the usual way; not only entire
31466 mathematical formulas are found, but also parts occurring within more complex
31470 \begin_layout Itemize
31471 Search may be format-insensitive, so that the searched text is found in
31472 any context/style (standard text, section headings, notes, and even mathematics
31473 ), or it may be format-sensitive, so that, for example, a word entered with
31474 a section heading will only be found within section headings
31477 \begin_layout Itemize
31478 Search may be widened to a specific
31483 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31487 \begin_inset space ~
31490 a set of files which may be all the children of the document being edited,
31491 all the open files, or all the manuals available from the
31498 \begin_layout Itemize
31499 Replace may optionally preserve capitalization, so that the replaced text
31500 capitalization is adapted to the matching text (i.
31501 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31505 \begin_inset space ~
31508 all lowercase, all uppercase, first uppercase followed by lowercase)
31511 \begin_layout Subsection
31515 \begin_layout Standard
31516 The advanced find and replace feature of LyX is activated through the menu
31519 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31532 arg "dialog-show findreplaceadv"
31535 ) or the toolbar button
31538 arg "dialog-toggle findreplaceadv"
31544 Advanced Find and Replace
31549 \begin_layout Subsubsection
31553 \begin_layout Standard
31558 LyX mini-editor a simple word, and search for occurrences of it by clicking
31563 button at the bottom of the dialog (or just press the
31568 The entered word is found both in text mode and in math mode, and in emphasized
31569 , bold or normal face, and in both in section titles and in standard text.
31570 Pressing repeatedly
31574 keeps searching forward.
31575 Similarly, pressing
31579 searches for the entered text backwards.
31582 \begin_layout Standard
31583 While searching, the
31587 option allows matches to occur only with the same case as entered in the
31597 option allows matches to occur only at word boundaries.
31600 \begin_layout Subsubsection
31601 Searching for mathematics
31604 \begin_layout Standard
31605 Mathematical formulas may be searched for by typing in the
31609 editor a mathematical formula, such as
31610 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
31613 or also something more complex like
31614 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{x^{2}}{1+x^{2}}$
31618 When searching for a formula, it is found both when it is alone and when
31619 it occurs in sub-formulas and nested parts of sub-formulas, for example
31620 the mentioned segments would be found in something like
31621 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{x^{2}}{\sqrt{\frac{x^{2}}{1+x^{2}}}}.$
31627 \begin_layout Subsubsection
31631 \begin_layout Standard
31632 It is also possible to search for text with specific styles.
31633 This is done by switching to the
31637 tab of the dialog and unchecking the
31642 This way, entering in the
31649 \begin_layout Itemize
31650 a plain word and searching for it would not find instances of the word occurring
31651 in emphasized or boldface.
31654 \begin_layout Itemize
31655 an emphasized or boldface word and searching for it would find the respective
31656 instances with same face only, and within the same text style only.
31657 Note that, for example, an emphasized text is found not only when occurring
31658 alone, but also when it is contained in a longer emphasized sentence.
31661 \begin_layout Itemize
31662 a plain word in a section heading, and searching for it, finds occurrences
31663 of if only within section headings.
31664 Also, if the text to search is given an emphasized or bold face, in addition
31665 to a section style, then it is found only when occurring with the same
31669 \begin_layout Itemize
31670 some mathematics in a displayed formula will only find instances of this
31671 formula that are also displayed formulas (and not inline formulas).
31674 \begin_layout Subsubsection
31678 \begin_layout Standard
31679 The text segments matching the text entered in the
31683 editor may be replaced with the text segments entered in the
31691 In order to find the next occurrence and replace it, click on the
31695 button or alternatively
31717 \begin_layout Standard
31718 You can replace full-featured formatted LyX segments in place of the matching
31719 text segments in your document.
31720 Typical scenarios in which to use this capability may be (just to mention
31724 \begin_layout Itemize
31725 replacing occurrences of a word with a customized formatted version of the
31726 same word, for example replacing occurrences of a name like
31727 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31731 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31734 with its typewriter version
31737 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31741 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31747 \begin_layout Itemize
31748 performing a notation rework of mathematical symbols, for example replacing
31750 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31754 \begin_inset Formula $R$
31758 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31762 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31766 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbb{R}$
31770 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31773 (you may want to enable the
31781 options and disable the
31789 tab, in order to avoid replacing all
31790 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31794 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31797 letters occurring in normal text), or occurrences of
31798 \begin_inset Formula $x_{j}^{i}$
31802 \begin_inset Formula $x_{i,\, j}$
31805 , or occurrences of
31806 \begin_inset Formula $x[k]$
31810 \begin_inset Formula $x_{k}$
31816 \begin_layout Subsection
31820 \begin_layout Standard
31821 There is a regular expression (regexp) based searching facility.
31825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31826 A good explanation of regular expressions is given in this Wikipedia entry:
31828 \begin_inset CommandInset href
31830 target "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Regular_expression"
31839 You can search for regular expression by inserting a regexp inset into
31845 This is done via the menu
31847 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31848 Insert Regular Expression
31850 while the cursor is in the
31855 Characters entered within regexp insets are matched according to the regular
31856 expression matching rules
31860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31861 Under the constraint that any (sub)expression must match a well-formed LyX
31863 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31867 \begin_inset space ~
31870 when matching LaTeX code, no segments with unbalanced {} braces are allowed
31871 to match expressions.
31876 , while text entered outside regexp insets is matched exactly against the
31877 same text in the document.
31878 Note that it is allowed to cut and paste regexp-mode insets as usual.
31879 Examples of using such a feature may be:
31882 \begin_layout Enumerate
31883 Searching for all fractions with a given denominator: for example, entering
31888 editor the fraction
31889 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{.*}{1+x^{2}}$
31893 \begin_inset Formula $.*$
31896 on the numerator is the match-everything regular expression) finds all
31897 fractions with the given denominator.
31900 \begin_layout Enumerate
31901 Searching for all text with a given style: for example, after unchecking
31913 \begin_inset Formula $.*$
31918 regular expression and adding for it an emphasized or bold face, finds
31919 all emphasized and bold face text, respectively.
31921 \begin_inset Formula $.*$
31924 regular expression in a bullet or enumerated list or a section heading,
31925 you can find all bullet or enumerated lists or section headings.
31928 \begin_layout Standard
31929 Finally, references to (sub)expressions in regexp may be used as usual,
31930 enclosing parts of the expression within round braces
31931 \begin_inset Formula $()$
31934 , and referring back to them through
31935 \begin_inset Formula $\backslash1$
31939 \begin_inset Formula $\backslash2$
31943 For example, try searching for the regexp
31944 \begin_inset Formula $([a-z]+)[[:blank:]]\backslash1$
31947 in order to find word repetitions, if there are any.
31950 \begin_layout Standard
31951 Note that back references work both when occurring within the same regexp,
31952 and when occurring in multiple different regexps, where the numbering of
31953 back-referenced sub-expressions is absolute, i.
31954 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31958 \begin_inset space ~
31962 \begin_inset Formula $\backslash1$
31965 always refers to the first occurrence of
31966 \begin_inset Formula $()$
31969 in all entered regexps.
31972 \begin_layout Standard
31973 Note also that the use of back references in the replaced text is not (yet)
31977 \begin_layout Section
31979 \begin_inset CommandInset label
31981 name "sec:Spellchecking"
31986 \begin_inset Index idx
31989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31998 \begin_layout Standard
31999 LyX has a built-in spell checker.
32002 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32009 or the toolbar button
32012 arg "dialog-show spellchecker"
32015 starts the spell checking beginning from the current cursor position.
32016 A sidebar will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found, allowing
32017 you to edit and replace it in a second line.
32018 Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the text
32019 scrolled so that it is visible.
32020 In the spellchecker sidebar, there is a box showing suggestions for a correctio
32021 n, if any could be found.
32022 Clicking on one of the corrections will copy to the
32026 field, double-click invokes directly the replacement.
32027 Unknown but correctly typed words can be added to the personal dictionary.
32030 \begin_layout Standard
32031 By default, the dictionary file used is determined by the document language
32034 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32038 You can specify the language of a word in the spellchecker dialog by choosing
32039 a different one at the top of the dialog.
32040 LyX can correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages.
32041 This work if you have marked the different languages appropriately and
32042 have the spell checker dictionaries installed.
32043 LyX automatically switches to the appropriate dictionary file.
32046 \begin_layout Subsection
32050 \begin_layout Standard
32051 In LyX's preferences dialog under
32054 \begin_inset space ~
32057 Setting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32060 you can set the following things:
32063 \begin_layout Description
32065 \begin_inset space ~
32068 engine Select the library LyX should use for spell checking.
32069 Depending on your platform,
32083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32084 Enchant itself is a wrapper library having different configurable back-ends.
32085 Please consult the documentation or man-page of it to learn more.
32100 \begin_layout Description
32102 \begin_inset space ~
32105 language If this field is not empty, LyX will always use the given language
32106 for the spell checking, no matter what the document language is.
32109 \begin_layout Description
32111 \begin_inset space ~
32114 characters Allows you to add non-standard characters that the spell checker
32116 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
32120 \begin_inset space \space{}
32124 This should normally not be needed.
32127 \begin_layout Description
32129 \begin_inset space ~
32133 \begin_inset space ~
32136 words Prevent the spell checker from complaining about compounded words
32138 \begin_inset Quotes eld
32142 \begin_inset Quotes erd
32148 \begin_layout Description
32150 \begin_inset space ~
32153 continously Check the spelling of your document as you type it.
32154 Misspelled words gets underlined with a dotted red line.
32155 By right-clicking on an underlined word, the suggestions by the spell appear
32156 in the context menu.
32157 Choosing one of them will replace the misspelled word with the suggested
32161 \begin_layout Description
32163 \begin_inset space ~
32167 \begin_inset space ~
32171 \begin_inset space ~
32174 comments If enabled, the spelling of non-printed document contents is checked
32178 \begin_layout Section
32180 \begin_inset Index idx
32183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32190 \begin_inset CommandInset label
32192 name "sec:Thesaurus"
32199 \begin_layout Standard
32200 LyX provides a multilingual thesaurus.
32201 It uses the same thesaurus framework as OpenOffice and Firefox (namely
32210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32211 \begin_inset CommandInset href
32213 target "http://lingucomponent.openoffice.org/thesaurus.html"
32222 thesaurus library, which is included in LyX).
32223 Therefore, LyX can directly access OpenOffice thesaurus dictionaries, which
32224 are available for many languages.
32227 \begin_layout Standard
32228 This section describes how new dictionaries are installed and set up for
32232 \begin_layout Subsection
32233 Setting up the thesaurus
32236 \begin_layout Standard
32241 OpenOffice thesauri consist of two files per language: A file with the suffix
32246 containing the data and an index file with the suffix
32251 The standardized file names include the language code for the given language
32253 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
32257 en_EN for English).
32258 For instance, the English files are named:
32261 \begin_layout Itemize
32265 \begin_layout Itemize
32269 \begin_layout Standard
32270 If you have OpenOffice and its thesaurus installed, these files should be
32271 already on your system.
32272 If not, you can get dictionaries either from
32273 \begin_inset Flex URL
32276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32278 http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/dictionaries/trunk/thes
32284 \begin_inset Flex URL
32287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32289 http://extensions.services.openoffice.org
32298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32299 Note that, as of OpenOffice 3.0, the files on
32300 \begin_inset Flex URL
32303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32305 http://extensions.services.openoffice.org
32310 are usually packed in extension archives (
32314 ) that contain other files such as spellchecker dictionaries besides the
32316 These archives are simple zip files, so you can unpack them as you would
32317 unpack a zip archive.
32330 files of all languages you want to use into one directory (do not use subfolder
32331 s), and specify the path to this directory in
32333 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32334 Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32338 Now the thesaurus should be ready to use.
32341 \begin_layout Subsection
32342 Using the thesaurus
32345 \begin_layout Standard
32346 To start the thesaurus, use the menu
32348 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32351 or the toolbar button
32354 arg "thesaurus-entry"
32357 while the cursor is at the word you want to look up or while a word is
32359 A dialog pops up showing you probably related words that you can use as
32361 The proposals are grouped into categories.
32362 Note that the thesaurus does not only show synonyms, but also hyperonyms
32363 and hyponyms (such as
32371 ), compounds (such as
32375 ) and antonyms (such as
32383 ), which are marked as such.
32386 \begin_layout Standard
32387 The language is automatically chosen from the language at the cursor, but
32388 you can also switch it in the dialog, as you can enter new words to look
32392 \begin_layout Standard
32393 Note that the thesaurus cannot handle phrases (only compounds that are in
32394 the dictionary, such as the above
32398 ), and you have to use the so called lemma form, i.
32399 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
32403 the form that is used in the dictionaries (for many languages: first person
32404 singular indicative active for nouns, infinitive for verbs).
32405 For example looking up the word forms
32413 yields no results, while results are shown for the word form
32418 Your best bet is to highlight only the relevant parts of such word (e.
32419 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
32431 s), then you get proposals without adjusting the query in the dialog, and
32432 also the replacement will probably be correct (as only the highlighted
32433 part will be replaced, thus the ending remains).
32436 \begin_layout Section
32438 \begin_inset Index idx
32441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32448 \begin_inset Index idx
32451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32452 Document ! Change Tracking
32458 \begin_inset CommandInset label
32460 name "sec:Change-Tracking"
32467 \begin_layout Standard
32468 When you work on a document collaboratively it is extremely useful to be
32469 able to see changes that others have made highlighted in the document.
32470 You can then decide if you want to accept a change or not.
32471 This can be achieved by turning on change tracking in the menu
32473 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32475 \begin_inset space ~
32478 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32480 \begin_inset space ~
32488 \begin_layout Standard
32489 Changes made in the document will then be highlighted by strokes and colors:
32503 The color depends on the author that made the change.
32504 You can change the color in LyX's preferences dialog under
32507 \begin_inset space ~
32511 \begin_inset space ~
32521 \begin_inset Index idx
32524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32525 Color ! Change tracking
32530 The author and the date of the change are shown in LyX's status bar when
32531 the cursor is in changed text.
32532 The same information is shown when you use the toolbar button
32535 arg "changes-merge"
32541 \begin_layout Standard
32542 When change tracking is activated, you will see the review toolbar in LyX:
32543 \begin_inset Index idx
32546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32555 \begin_layout Standard
32556 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
32562 \begin_layout Standard
32563 \begin_inset Graphics
32564 filename clipart/ChangesToolbar.png
32572 \begin_layout Standard
32573 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
32579 \begin_layout Standard
32580 The review toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
32584 \begin_layout Standard
32585 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
32591 \begin_layout Standard
32592 \begin_inset Tabular
32593 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
32594 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
32595 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
32596 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
32597 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32598 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32606 arg "changes-track"
32614 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32620 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32622 \begin_inset space ~
32625 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32627 \begin_inset space ~
32636 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32637 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32645 arg "changes-output"
32653 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32659 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32661 \begin_inset space ~
32664 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32666 \begin_inset space ~
32670 \begin_inset space ~
32674 \begin_inset space ~
32683 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32684 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32700 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32704 Jumps to the next change
32710 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32711 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32714 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32719 arg "change-accept"
32727 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32730 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32733 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32735 \begin_inset space ~
32738 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32740 \begin_inset space ~
32749 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32750 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32758 arg "change-reject"
32766 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32772 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32774 \begin_inset space ~
32777 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32779 \begin_inset space ~
32788 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32789 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32792 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32797 arg "changes-merge"
32805 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32811 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32813 \begin_inset space ~
32816 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32818 \begin_inset space ~
32827 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32828 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32831 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32836 arg "all-changes-accept"
32844 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32850 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32852 \begin_inset space ~
32855 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32857 \begin_inset space ~
32861 \begin_inset space ~
32870 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32871 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32879 arg "all-changes-reject"
32887 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32893 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32895 \begin_inset space ~
32898 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32900 \begin_inset space ~
32904 \begin_inset space ~
32913 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32914 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32930 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32936 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32937 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32939 \begin_inset space ~
32948 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32949 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32965 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32971 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32973 \begin_inset space ~
32989 \begin_layout Standard
32990 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
32996 \begin_layout Standard
32997 The review toolbar helps you to accept, reject, or merge changes – highlight
32998 the change and press one of the desired toolbar buttons.
32999 When you merge changes, a window pops up showing you information about
33000 the next change after the current cursor position.
33001 So you don't need to highlight a certain change.
33002 Within the merge window you can decide to accept or reject changes and
33003 step to the next change.
33004 This way you can jump through all the changes in the document.
33007 \begin_layout Standard
33008 The toolbar has two buttons to handle notes because notes are often important
33009 to describe a change.
33012 \begin_layout Standard
33013 To show made changes in the output you need the LaTeX package
33018 \begin_inset Index idx
33021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33022 LaTeX-packages ! dvipost
33028 You will find it in the TeX Catalogue,
33029 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
33035 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
33038 \begin_layout Section
33039 Comparison of Documents
33040 \begin_inset Index idx
33043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33044 Comparison of documents
33052 \begin_layout Standard
33053 You can compare two different LyX files via the menu
33055 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33059 The comparison result is a LyX file with change tracking enabled showing
33061 In the comparison dialog you can select with the option
33064 \begin_inset space ~
33068 \begin_inset space ~
33072 \begin_inset space ~
33077 from which document LyX should take the document settings for the the resulting
33082 \begin_inset space ~
33086 \begin_inset space ~
33090 \begin_inset space ~
33094 \begin_inset space ~
33098 \begin_inset space ~
33102 \begin_inset space ~
33107 enables the change tracking option
33110 \begin_inset space ~
33114 \begin_inset space ~
33118 \begin_inset space ~
33123 to visualize the differences also in the PDF output of the difference file.
33126 \begin_layout Section
33127 International Support
33128 \begin_inset Index idx
33131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33132 International support
33140 \begin_layout Standard
33141 This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want.
33142 For some non-western languages there are special Wiki-pages that explain
33143 how to set up LyX to use them:
33144 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
33146 key "Arabic,Armenian,Farsi,Hebrew"
33153 \begin_layout Standard
33154 Besides languages, LyX also supports phonetic symbols, see section
33155 \begin_inset space ~
33159 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33161 reference "sub:Special-Character"
33168 \begin_layout Subsection
33170 \begin_inset Index idx
33173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33180 \begin_inset Index idx
33183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33184 Document ! Settings
33190 \begin_inset Index idx
33193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33194 Document ! Language
33202 \begin_layout Standard
33205 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33208 dialog lets you set
33210 the language and character encoding for your language.
33214 \begin_layout Standard
33215 Choose your language in the
33219 section of this dialog.
33227 \begin_layout Standard
33232 you can choose the character encoding map you want to use for LaTeX export.
33237 is the preferred choice and works well in most cases.
33238 For details about the different encoding options see section
33239 \begin_inset space ~
33243 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33245 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
33252 \begin_layout Subsection
33253 Keyboard mapping configuration
33254 \begin_inset CommandInset label
33256 name "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
33263 \begin_layout Standard
33264 If you have for example a U.
33265 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
33268 S.-style keyboard and want to write in a language other than English, you
33269 can use an alternate keymap.
33270 For example, if you have a U.
33271 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
33274 S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian, you can configure LyX to
33275 use an Italian keymap.
33276 The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings,
33278 \begin_inset space ~
33282 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33284 reference "sub:Keyboard-Map"
33289 You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select
33290 which one you want to use.
33293 \begin_layout Standard
33294 Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
33295 different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance).
33296 You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.S.
33297 keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
33298 In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
33299 one to support the characters you want.
33300 This and many other customizations are explained in the
33307 \begin_layout Subsection
33311 \begin_layout Standard
33313 \begin_inset space ~
33317 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33319 reference "cap:The-latin1-character"
33328 You should be able to enter the characters in the first eight columns directly
33332 \begin_layout Standard
33333 There are a few things you need to know about this table.
33334 Here are some of the details you'll need to bear in mind when using characters
33342 \begin_layout Itemize
33343 Even if you have selected
33349 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33352 dialog, users who have only the
33356 -fonts for LaTeX [or who have the
33360 -fonts but aren't using them] will still miss a few characters: D0, F0,
33361 DE, FE, AB, and BB – the uppercase and lowercase eth and thorn, and the
33362 french quotes won't show up.
33365 \begin_layout Standard
33366 \begin_inset Float table
33371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33372 \begin_inset Caption
33374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33375 \begin_inset CommandInset label
33377 name "cap:The-latin1-character"
33393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33395 \begin_inset Tabular
33396 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="17">
33397 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
33398 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33399 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33400 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33401 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33402 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33403 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33404 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33405 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33406 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33407 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33408 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33409 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33410 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33411 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33412 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33413 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33414 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33416 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33425 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33443 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33461 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33479 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33497 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33515 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33533 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33551 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33569 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33587 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33590 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33605 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33623 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33641 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33659 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33677 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33695 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33698 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33715 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33718 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33733 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33742 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33751 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33760 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33777 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33780 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33794 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33811 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33828 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33831 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33845 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33854 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33863 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33872 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33889 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33906 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33923 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33940 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33943 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33959 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33977 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33986 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33995 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34012 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34015 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34029 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34046 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34063 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34080 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34097 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34106 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34109 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34115 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34132 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34149 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34166 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34183 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34200 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34219 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34246 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34255 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34267 \begin_inset Quotes eld
34275 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34292 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34309 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34326 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34329 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34343 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34360 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34369 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34378 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34381 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34387 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34404 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34421 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34438 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34455 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34474 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34492 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34501 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34510 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34527 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34544 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34561 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34564 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34578 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34595 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34612 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34615 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34621 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34624 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34630 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34633 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34647 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34664 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34667 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34681 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34698 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34715 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34718 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34734 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34752 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34761 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34770 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34787 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34790 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34804 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34807 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34821 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34838 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34855 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34872 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34881 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34890 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34893 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34899 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34916 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34933 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34936 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34950 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34967 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34986 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35004 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35013 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35016 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35022 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35025 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35039 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35042 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35056 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35073 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35076 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35090 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35107 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35124 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35133 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35136 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35142 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35151 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35168 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35185 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35202 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35219 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35238 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35256 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35265 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35268 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35274 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35291 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35294 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35308 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35311 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35325 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35328 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35342 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35359 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35376 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35385 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35394 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35403 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35420 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35437 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35454 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35471 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35490 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35508 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35517 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35526 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35543 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35560 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35577 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35594 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35611 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35628 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35637 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35646 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35663 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35666 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35680 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35697 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35714 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35731 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35750 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35768 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35771 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35777 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35780 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35786 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35803 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35820 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35837 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35840 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35854 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35871 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35888 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35897 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35900 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35906 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35923 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35940 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35943 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35957 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35974 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35991 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36010 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36028 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36037 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36046 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36063 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36080 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36097 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36114 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36117 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36131 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36148 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36157 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36160 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36166 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36183 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36200 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36217 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36220 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36234 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36237 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36251 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36270 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36273 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36288 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36297 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36306 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36323 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36340 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36357 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36374 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36391 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36408 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36417 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36426 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36429 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36443 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36460 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36477 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36480 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36494 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36511 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36530 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36548 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36557 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36566 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36583 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36600 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36617 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36634 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36651 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36668 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36677 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36686 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36689 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36703 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36706 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36720 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36737 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36754 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36757 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36771 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36790 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36808 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36811 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36817 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36826 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36843 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36860 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36863 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36877 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36896 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36913 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36930 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36939 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36942 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36948 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36965 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36982 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36999 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37016 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37033 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37052 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37070 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37073 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37079 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37082 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37088 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37091 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37105 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37122 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37139 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37142 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37156 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37159 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37173 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37176 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37190 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37199 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37202 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37208 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37211 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37217 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37220 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37234 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37237 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37251 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37268 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37285 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37288 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37304 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37322 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37331 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37340 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37357 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37374 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37391 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37408 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37425 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37442 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37451 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37460 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37477 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37480 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37494 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37511 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37528 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37545 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37564 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37567 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37582 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37591 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37600 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37617 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37634 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37651 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37668 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37685 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37688 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37694 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37703 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37706 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37712 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37729 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37746 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37749 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37763 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37780 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37797 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37827 \begin_layout Standard
37828 The following is a full list of all of the accented characters LyX can display
37830 It includes not only the accented characters from the previous table, but
37831 also the characters from
37843 \begin_layout Itemize
37852 \begin_layout Standard
37853 ¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ
37854 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37860 \begin_layout Standard
37861 ^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û
37862 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37868 \begin_layout Standard
37869 ` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù
37870 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37876 \begin_layout Standard
37877 ´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý
37878 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37884 \begin_layout Standard
37886 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37892 \begin_layout Standard
37894 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37900 \begin_layout Standard
37902 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37909 \begin_layout Itemize
37922 \begin_layout Standard
37924 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37930 \begin_layout Standard
37932 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37938 \begin_layout Standard
37940 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37946 \begin_layout Standard
37948 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37954 \begin_layout Standard
37956 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37962 \begin_layout Standard
37964 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37971 \begin_layout Standard
37972 All the characters above are actively supported by TeX fonts.
37973 In addition TeX allows diacritical marks on almost all characters.
37974 Also make sure you're using the
37981 \begin_layout Chapter
37984 \begin_inset CommandInset label
37986 name "cha:The-User-Interface"
37993 \begin_layout Standard
37994 This appendix lists all the available menus and describes their functionality.
37995 It is designed as a quick reference if you are searching for a special
37996 topic inside the user's guide.
37999 \begin_layout Section
38001 \begin_inset Index idx
38004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38013 \begin_layout Standard
38018 menu are the basic operations in addition to some more advanced operations.
38019 At the end of the menu the four last opened documents are listed.
38022 \begin_layout Subsection
38026 \begin_layout Standard
38027 Creates a new document.
38030 \begin_layout Subsection
38034 \begin_layout Standard
38035 This menu entry prompts you for a template to use.
38036 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
38037 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
38040 \begin_layout Subsection
38044 \begin_layout Standard
38048 \begin_layout Subsection
38052 \begin_layout Standard
38053 The submenu shows a list of the recently opened files.
38054 Click there on a file to open it.
38057 \begin_layout Subsection
38061 \begin_layout Standard
38062 Closes the current document.
38065 \begin_layout Subsection
38069 \begin_layout Standard
38070 Closes all opened documents.
38073 \begin_layout Subsection
38077 \begin_layout Standard
38078 Saves the actual document.
38081 \begin_layout Subsection
38085 \begin_layout Standard
38086 Saves the actual document under a new name to create a copy.
38089 \begin_layout Subsection
38093 \begin_layout Standard
38094 Saves all opened documents.
38097 \begin_layout Subsection
38101 \begin_layout Standard
38102 Reloads the actual document from disk.
38105 \begin_layout Subsection
38109 \begin_layout Standard
38110 This is used when more people are working on the same document.
38111 It is described in the section
38113 Version Control in LyX
38117 Additional Features
38122 \begin_layout Subsection
38126 \begin_layout Standard
38127 You can import there files from older LyX-versions, HTML-files, LaTeX-files,
38128 NoWeb-files, plain text files, and comma separated, table like, text files
38129 (CSV) as a new LyX-document.
38130 The files will be imported as new LyX-document.
38133 \begin_layout Standard
38134 When using the menu entry
38137 \begin_inset space ~
38142 , line breaks in the text will start a new paragraph; when using the menu
38146 \begin_inset space ~
38150 \begin_inset space ~
38155 , consecutive lines of text will be imported to one big paragraph.
38156 A new paragraph will begin when there is a blank line in the file.
38159 \begin_layout Subsection
38161 \begin_inset CommandInset label
38170 \begin_layout Standard
38171 You can export your document to various file formats.
38172 The resulting files are placed in the directory of your LyX-file.
38173 The menu entries are not the same on all installations.
38174 They depend on the programs found by LyX while its configuration.
38177 \begin_layout Standard
38178 Here is a list of all available entries; some of them are explained in detail
38180 \begin_inset space ~
38184 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38186 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
38193 \begin_layout Description
38197 \begin_inset space ~
38202 format of the special LyX 1.4.x versions for Chinese, Japanese, and Korean
38204 \begin_inset Newline newline
38207 Since LyX 1.5.0 CJK support is fully integrated to LyX.
38210 \begin_layout Description
38218 \begin_layout Description
38219 HTML HTML-format (the HTML-converter is a third-party product and may not
38223 \begin_layout Description
38225 \begin_inset space ~
38229 \begin_inset space ~
38232 Word) HTML-format specialized so that the result can be imported to
38236 ; as a consequence of this formulas will be embedded as bitmap fonts and
38244 \begin_layout Description
38251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38259 \begin_inset space ~
38264 text file with the LaTeX source, additionally all images used in the document
38265 will be converted to a format that is readable by the
38269 program (GIF, JPG, PDF, PNG)
38272 \begin_layout Description
38279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38287 \begin_inset space ~
38292 text file with the LaTeX source code, additionally all images used in the
38293 document will be converted to the EPS-format, only this format is readable
38301 \begin_layout Description
38303 \begin_inset space ~
38306 1.y.x LyX-document in a format readable by the LyX versions 1.y.x (
38307 \begin_inset Quotes eld
38311 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38314 is replaced by the version number)
38317 \begin_layout Description
38318 LyXHTML HTML-format, using LyX's internal XHTML engine
38321 \begin_layout Description
38322 OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatted text file, to be opened with
38335 (The OpenDocument-converter is a third-party product and may not work in
38339 \begin_layout Description
38343 \begin_inset space ~
38348 PDF-format using the program
38353 \begin_layout Description
38357 \begin_inset space ~
38362 PDF-format using the program
38367 \begin_layout Description
38371 \begin_inset space ~
38376 PDF-format using the program
38381 \begin_layout Description
38385 \begin_inset space ~
38393 \begin_layout Description
38397 \begin_inset space ~
38401 \begin_inset space ~
38406 text format, the document will first be converted to Postscript format
38407 and then exported as text using the program
38412 \begin_layout Description
38417 PostScript format using the program
38422 \begin_layout Description
38430 \begin_layout Standard
38435 produces internally a DVI-file which is then converted to a PDF-file.
38436 It is a bit out of date and therefore the output could look different from
38442 produces PDF-files directly and supports the latest PDF-file formats.
38445 \begin_layout Standard
38446 If one of the menu entries
38453 \begin_inset space ~
38462 is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
38463 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
38464 \begin_inset space ~
38468 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38470 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
38475 \begin_inset Index idx
38478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38479 Reconfiguration of LyX
38487 \begin_layout Standard
38492 allows you to export your file by using special command line options for
38493 the export program.
38496 \begin_layout Subsection
38500 \begin_layout Standard
38501 With this menu entry you can print your document to a file in PostScript
38502 format or send it to a printer.
38503 The printer will also use the document in PostScript format.
38504 The conversion to PostScript is done in the background by LyX using the
38510 For more information have a look at section
38511 \begin_inset space ~
38515 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38517 reference "sub:Printing-the-File"
38524 \begin_layout Subsection
38528 \begin_layout Standard
38529 This menu entry will only appear when you have a fax program installed (on
38530 Windows you additionally need to register its program path to LyX's PATH
38531 prefix, see section
38532 \begin_inset space ~
38536 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38538 reference "sec:Paths"
38543 With this menu entry you can send your document to a fax program like
38552 The default format of the sent file is PostScript.
38553 The format can be changed in LyX's preferences as described in section
38554 \begin_inset space ~
38558 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38560 reference "sub:Converters"
38567 \begin_layout Subsection
38568 New and Close Window
38571 \begin_layout Standard
38572 Opens or closes a new instance of LyX.
38575 \begin_layout Subsection
38579 \begin_layout Standard
38580 Prompts you to save all unsaved documents and then exits.
38583 \begin_layout Section
38585 \begin_inset Index idx
38588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38597 \begin_layout Subsection
38601 \begin_layout Standard
38602 Described in section
38603 \begin_inset space ~
38607 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38609 reference "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
38616 \begin_layout Subsection
38617 Cut, Copy, Paste, Paste Recent, Paste Special
38620 \begin_layout Standard
38621 Described in section
38622 \begin_inset space ~
38626 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38628 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
38635 \begin_layout Subsection
38639 \begin_layout Standard
38640 Selects the whole document.
38643 \begin_layout Subsection
38647 \begin_layout Standard
38648 Described in section
38649 \begin_inset space ~
38653 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38655 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
38662 \begin_layout Subsection
38663 Move Paragraph Up/Down
38666 \begin_layout Standard
38667 This shifts the paragraph where the cursor is currently in one paragraph
38671 \begin_layout Subsection
38675 \begin_layout Standard
38676 Described in section
38677 \begin_inset space ~
38681 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38683 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
38690 \begin_layout Subsection
38692 \begin_inset Index idx
38695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38696 Paragraph ! Settings
38704 \begin_layout Standard
38705 Enables you to set the paragraph alignment, line spacing and label width.
38706 These settings only affect the paragraph in which the cursor is currently.
38709 \begin_layout Standard
38710 You can also prevent the first line of the paragraph being indented if you
38711 have chosen to separate paragraphs with indents in the
38713 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38719 \begin_inset space ~
38727 \begin_layout Subsection
38728 Table Settings and Math
38731 \begin_layout Standard
38732 These two menus are only fully active when the cursor is inside a table
38734 Here you can change the properties of tables and formulas.
38735 The properties of tables are described in section
38736 \begin_inset space ~
38740 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38742 reference "sec:Tables"
38746 , the properties of formulas in chapter
38747 \begin_inset space ~
38751 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38753 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
38760 \begin_layout Subsection
38761 Increase / Decrease List Depth
38764 \begin_layout Standard
38765 These menu entries are only active when the cursor is in an environment
38766 that can be nested.
38767 They increase/decrease the environment nesting level as explained in section
38768 \begin_inset space ~
38772 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38774 reference "sec:Nesting"
38779 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38781 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
38788 \begin_layout Section
38790 \begin_inset Index idx
38793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38802 \begin_layout Standard
38807 menu contains a list of available formats in which you can view the actual
38808 document with an external program.
38809 The menu entries for the viewing formats are not the same on all installations
38810 — it depends on the LaTeX programs that are found while LyX was configured.
38811 All possible formats are formats listed in section
38812 \begin_inset space ~
38816 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38818 reference "sub:Export"
38823 You should at least see the menu entries
38830 \begin_inset space ~
38836 If one of the two is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
38837 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
38838 \begin_inset space ~
38842 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38844 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
38849 \begin_inset Index idx
38852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38853 Reconfiguration of LyX
38861 \begin_layout Standard
38862 Invoking a menu will start a viewer program.
38863 The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section
38864 \begin_inset space ~
38868 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38870 reference "sec:File-Formats"
38875 The default viewers are set by LyX when it is first configured.
38878 \begin_layout Standard
38879 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
38882 At the bottom of the
38886 menu the opened documents are listed.
38889 \begin_layout Subsection
38890 Open/Close all Insets
38893 \begin_layout Standard
38894 Opens/closes all insets in your document.
38897 \begin_layout Subsection
38898 Unfold/Fold Math Macros
38901 \begin_layout Standard
38902 Unfolds/folds the current math macro.
38905 \begin_layout Standard
38906 Math macros are described in the
38913 \begin_layout Subsection
38917 \begin_layout Standard
38918 Opens a window showing the source code of the actual document, as described
38920 \begin_inset space ~
38924 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38926 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
38933 \begin_layout Subsection
38937 \begin_layout Standard
38938 Opens a window showing console messages.
38939 This is useful for debugging LyX (i.
38940 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38943 e., hunt for errors in the program) or to see what is going on in the background
38944 while LaTeX is processing the document,
38947 \begin_layout Subsection
38951 \begin_layout Standard
38952 This menu entry generates the output you have specified as default output
38953 format either in the preferences (see sec.
38954 \begin_inset space ~
38958 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38960 reference "sec:File-Formats"
38964 ) or in the document settings (see sec.
38965 \begin_inset space ~
38969 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38971 reference "sec:Doc-Output"
38975 ), for instance PDF, and opens it in an appropriate viewer.
38978 \begin_layout Subsection
38979 View (Other Formats)
38982 \begin_layout Standard
38983 With this submenu, you can view your document in alternative output formats.
38986 \begin_layout Subsection
38990 \begin_layout Standard
38991 This menu entry allows you to update the view with your latest changes (in
38992 the default output format as described in the previous section) without
38993 opening a new viewer window.
38996 \begin_layout Subsection
38997 Update (Other Formats)
39000 \begin_layout Standard
39001 With this submenu, you can update the view of alternative output formats
39002 of your document without opening a new viewer window.
39005 \begin_layout Subsection
39006 View Master Document
39009 \begin_layout Standard
39010 This menu item is only visible if your document is included to another document,
39012 \begin_inset Quotes eld
39016 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39027 manual for more information on this topic).
39028 This item allows you to view the master document from within its child.
39029 That is, if you are working on a child document which is a chapter of a
39034 generates the output of the whole book, while
39038 will just output the chapter alone.
39041 \begin_layout Standard
39042 The format used by this function is the default output format as specified
39043 in the preferences (see sec.
39044 \begin_inset space ~
39048 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39050 reference "sec:File-Formats"
39054 ) or in the document settings (see sec.
39055 \begin_inset space ~
39059 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39061 reference "sec:Doc-Output"
39068 \begin_layout Subsection
39069 Update Master Document
39072 \begin_layout Standard
39073 This menu item is only visible if your document is included to another document,
39075 \begin_inset Quotes eld
39079 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39090 manual for more information on this topic).
39091 This item allows you to update the view of a master document from within
39092 its child without the need to switch to the master document itself.
39095 \begin_layout Standard
39096 The format used by this function is the default output format as specified
39097 in the preferences (see sec.
39098 \begin_inset space ~
39102 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39104 reference "sec:File-Formats"
39108 ) or in the document settings (see sec.
39109 \begin_inset space ~
39113 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39115 reference "sec:Doc-Output"
39122 \begin_layout Subsection
39126 \begin_layout Standard
39127 This will split LyX's main window vertically or horizontally.
39128 This allows you to view documents the same time to compare them, or to
39129 view the same document, but at different positions.
39130 You can even split the main window several times to view for example 3
39131 or more documents at the same time.
39132 To return to an unsplit view, use the menu
39139 \begin_layout Subsection
39143 \begin_layout Standard
39144 Closes a split view.
39147 \begin_layout Subsection
39151 \begin_layout Standard
39152 Using this menu entry or pressing F11 removes the menu bar and all toolbars
39153 so that you will see nothing but your text.
39154 It furthermore displays LyX's main window fullscreen.
39155 To return from fullscreen to the normal view, press F11, or right-click
39156 and turn off the fullscreen mode in the context menu.
39159 \begin_layout Subsection
39161 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39163 name "sub:Toolbars"
39168 \begin_inset Index idx
39171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39180 \begin_layout Standard
39181 In this menu entry you can set the appearance of the different toolbars.
39182 All toolbars and the
39185 \begin_inset space ~
39190 can be turned on and off.
39195 state is denoted in the menu with a checkmark.
39207 \begin_inset space ~
39216 toolbars can be additionally set to the state
39220 that is denoted in the menu with the suffix
39227 \begin_layout Standard
39232 state the toolbar is permanently shown, in the
39236 state the toolbar is only shown when the cursor is in a certain environment
39237 or when a certain feature is enabled.
39238 That means that the review toolbar will only be shown when change tracking
39239 is activated, the math and table toolbars are only shown when the cursor
39240 is inside a formula or table, respectively.
39243 \begin_layout Standard
39244 LyX's toolbars and their buttons are explained in section
39245 \begin_inset space ~
39249 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39251 reference "sec:Toolbars"
39258 \begin_layout Section
39260 \begin_inset Index idx
39263 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39272 \begin_layout Subsection
39276 \begin_layout Standard
39277 Inserts math constructs that are explained in chapter
39278 \begin_inset space ~
39282 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39284 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
39295 \begin_layout Subsection
39297 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39299 name "sub:Special-Character"
39306 \begin_layout Standard
39307 Here you can insert the following characters:
39310 \begin_layout Description
39311 Symbols Inserts any character that can be output by your LaTeX system.
39312 Therefore the number of character categories in this dialog and the available
39313 characters depend on the LaTeX-packages you have installed.
39314 \begin_inset Newline newline
39318 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
39321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39326 Not all characters will be visible in the
39330 dialog because none of the screen fonts that you can set in the preferences
39332 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39336 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39338 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
39342 ) can display every character.
39350 \begin_layout Description
39351 Ellipsis Inserts an ellipsis: \SpecialChar \ldots{}
39355 \begin_layout Description
39357 \begin_inset space ~
39361 \begin_inset space ~
39364 Sentence Inserts an end of sentence dot as described in section
39365 \begin_inset space ~
39369 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39371 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
39378 \begin_layout Description
39380 \begin_inset space ~
39383 Quote Inserts this quote:
39384 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39387 , no matter what quote type you selected in the
39389 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39399 \begin_layout Description
39401 \begin_inset space ~
39404 Quote Inserts this quote:
39405 \begin_inset Quotes els
39411 \begin_layout Description
39413 \begin_inset space ~
39416 Hyphen Inserts a hyphen that is protected from line breaks: \SpecialChar \nobreakdash-
39420 \begin_layout Description
39422 \begin_inset space ~
39425 Slash Inserts a slash where also a line break can occur: \SpecialChar \slash{}
39429 \begin_layout Description
39431 \begin_inset space ~
39434 Separator Inserts the menu separator sign: \SpecialChar \menuseparator
39438 \begin_layout Description
39440 \begin_inset space ~
39444 \begin_inset Index idx
39447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39454 \begin_inset Index idx
39457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39458 Language ! Phonetic symbols
39463 Creates a formula with a so called tipa inset.
39464 Here you can insert commands to create IPA phonetic symbols.
39465 For this feature you must have the LaTeX-package
39470 \begin_inset Index idx
39473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39474 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
39480 \begin_inset Newline newline
39483 For more information about this feature we refer to the documentation of
39487 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
39495 and this Wiki-page:
39496 \begin_inset Newline newline
39500 \begin_inset Flex URL
39503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39505 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LinguistLyX
39513 \begin_layout Subsection
39517 \begin_layout Standard
39518 Here you can insert the following format constructs:
39521 \begin_layout Description
39522 Superscript Inserts a superscript: test
39523 \begin_inset Formula $^{\text{a,b}}$
39529 \begin_layout Description
39530 Subscript Inserts a subscript: test
39531 \begin_inset Formula $_{\text{3x}}$
39537 \begin_layout Description
39539 \begin_inset space ~
39542 Space Inserts a protected space that is described in section
39543 \begin_inset space ~
39547 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39549 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
39556 \begin_layout Description
39558 \begin_inset space ~
39561 Space Inserts an inter-word space that is described in section
39562 \begin_inset space ~
39566 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39568 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
39575 \begin_layout Description
39577 \begin_inset space ~
39580 Space Inserts a thin space that is described in section
39581 \begin_inset space ~
39585 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39587 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
39594 \begin_layout Description
39596 \begin_inset space ~
39599 Space Inserts horizontal space, see section
39600 \begin_inset space ~
39604 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39606 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
39613 \begin_layout Description
39615 \begin_inset space ~
39618 Line Inserts a horizontal line, see section
39619 \begin_inset space ~
39623 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39625 reference "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
39632 \begin_layout Description
39634 \begin_inset space ~
39637 Space Inserts vertical space, see section
39638 \begin_inset space ~
39642 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39644 reference "sub:Vertical-Space"
39651 \begin_layout Description
39653 \begin_inset space ~
39656 Point Inserts a hyphenation point, see section
39657 \begin_inset space ~
39661 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39663 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
39670 \begin_layout Description
39672 \begin_inset space ~
39675 Break Inserts a ligature break, see section
39676 \begin_inset space ~
39680 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39682 reference "sub:Ligatures"
39689 \begin_layout Description
39691 \begin_inset space ~
39695 \begin_inset space ~
39698 Break Inserts a forced line break, see section
39699 \begin_inset space ~
39703 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39705 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
39712 \begin_layout Description
39714 \begin_inset space ~
39717 Break Inserts a forced line break that furthermore stretches the broken
39718 text line to the page border, see section
39719 \begin_inset space ~
39723 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39725 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
39732 \begin_layout Description
39734 \begin_inset space ~
39737 Page Inserts a forced page break, described in section
39738 \begin_inset space ~
39742 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39744 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
39751 \begin_layout Description
39753 \begin_inset space ~
39756 Break Inserts a forced page break that furthermore stretches the broken
39757 text page to the page border, described in section
39758 \begin_inset space ~
39762 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39764 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
39771 \begin_layout Description
39773 \begin_inset space ~
39776 Page Inserts a clear page break, described in section
39777 \begin_inset space ~
39781 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39783 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
39790 \begin_layout Description
39792 \begin_inset space ~
39796 \begin_inset space ~
39799 Page Inserts a clear doublepage break, described in section
39800 \begin_inset space ~
39804 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39806 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
39813 \begin_layout Subsection
39817 \begin_layout Standard
39818 Various lists can be inserted with this menu entry.
39819 The table of contents, the algorithm, figures, and tables list are described
39821 \begin_inset space ~
39825 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39827 reference "sec:toc"
39832 The index list is described in section
39833 \begin_inset space ~
39837 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39839 reference "sec:Index"
39843 , the nomenclature in section
39844 \begin_inset space ~
39848 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39850 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
39854 , and the BibTeX bibliography in section
39855 \begin_inset space ~
39859 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39861 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
39868 \begin_layout Subsection
39872 \begin_layout Standard
39873 To insert floats, described in section
39874 \begin_inset space ~
39878 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39880 reference "sec:Floats"
39887 \begin_layout Subsection
39891 \begin_layout Standard
39892 To insert notes, described in section
39893 \begin_inset space ~
39897 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39899 reference "sec:Notes"
39906 \begin_layout Subsection
39910 \begin_layout Standard
39911 Inserts branch insets as described in section
39912 \begin_inset space ~
39916 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39918 reference "sec:Branches"
39925 \begin_layout Subsection
39929 \begin_layout Standard
39930 Inserts document class-specific insets.
39931 Such insets only exist when they are defined in the layout file for a certain
39933 An example is the document class
39934 \begin_inset Quotes eld
39938 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39941 with three custom insets.
39944 Flex insets and InsetLayout
39950 manual explains how custom insets are defined.
39953 \begin_layout Subsection
39955 \begin_inset Index idx
39958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39967 \begin_layout Standard
39968 This menu entry allows you to insert or include the contents of other LyX
39969 files in your document.
39970 How you can do this is explained in detail in the chapter
39981 \begin_layout Subsection
39983 \begin_inset Index idx
39986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39995 \begin_layout Standard
39996 Inserts a minipage box that is described section
39997 \begin_inset space ~
40001 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40003 reference "sec:Minipages"
40008 All box types supported by LyX are explained in detail in the chapter
40019 \begin_layout Subsection
40023 \begin_layout Standard
40024 Inserts a citation as described in section
40025 \begin_inset space ~
40029 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40031 reference "sec:Bibliography"
40038 \begin_layout Subsection
40042 \begin_layout Standard
40043 Inserts a cross-reference as described in section
40044 \begin_inset space ~
40048 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40050 reference "sec:Cross-References"
40057 \begin_layout Subsection
40061 \begin_layout Standard
40062 Inserts a label as described in section
40063 \begin_inset space ~
40067 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40069 reference "sec:Cross-References"
40076 \begin_layout Subsection
40078 \begin_inset Index idx
40081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40088 \begin_inset Index idx
40091 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40092 Longtables ! Caption
40100 \begin_layout Standard
40101 Inserts a caption in a float or longtable.
40102 Floats are described in section
40103 \begin_inset space ~
40107 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40109 reference "sec:Floats"
40113 , captions in longtables are described in the section
40124 \begin_layout Subsection
40128 \begin_layout Standard
40129 Inserts an index entry as described in section
40130 \begin_inset space ~
40134 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40136 reference "sec:Index"
40143 \begin_layout Subsection
40147 \begin_layout Standard
40148 Inserts a nomenclature entry as described in section
40149 \begin_inset space ~
40153 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40155 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
40162 \begin_layout Subsection
40166 \begin_layout Standard
40168 Tables are described in section
40169 \begin_inset space ~
40173 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40175 reference "sec:Tables"
40182 \begin_layout Subsection
40186 \begin_layout Standard
40188 Graphics are described in section
40189 \begin_inset space ~
40193 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40195 reference "sec:Graphics"
40202 \begin_layout Subsection
40206 \begin_layout Standard
40207 Inserts an URL as described in section
40208 \begin_inset space ~
40212 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40214 reference "sub:URLs"
40221 \begin_layout Subsection
40225 \begin_layout Standard
40226 Inserts a hyperlink as described in section
40227 \begin_inset space ~
40231 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40233 reference "sub:Hyperlinks"
40240 \begin_layout Subsection
40244 \begin_layout Standard
40245 Inserts a footnote, see section
40246 \begin_inset space ~
40250 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40252 reference "sec:Footnotes"
40259 \begin_layout Subsection
40263 \begin_layout Standard
40264 Inserts a marginal note, see section
40265 \begin_inset space ~
40269 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40271 reference "sec:Marginal-Notes"
40278 \begin_layout Subsection
40282 \begin_layout Standard
40283 Inserts a short title, see section
40284 \begin_inset space ~
40288 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40290 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
40297 \begin_layout Subsection
40301 \begin_layout Standard
40302 Inserts a TeX Code box, see section
40303 \begin_inset space ~
40307 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40309 reference "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
40316 \begin_layout Subsection
40318 \begin_inset Index idx
40321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40330 \begin_layout Standard
40331 Inserts a program listings box.
40332 Program listings are explained in the chapter
40334 Program Code Listings
40343 \begin_layout Subsection
40347 \begin_layout Standard
40348 Inserts the actual date.
40349 The format depends on the date format of the language that is used for
40351 LyX offers various ways to insert a date which are explained and also compared
40363 \begin_layout Section
40365 \begin_inset Index idx
40368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40377 \begin_layout Standard
40378 This menu lists the existing chapters, sections, figures, tables, etc.
40379 \begin_inset space ~
40382 of the current document.
40383 This allows you to navigate easily through you document.
40386 \begin_layout Subsection
40390 \begin_layout Standard
40391 With this menu entry you are able to define your own bookmarks.
40392 This is useful when you are working on a large document and often have
40394 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40398 \begin_inset space \space{}
40402 \begin_inset space ~
40406 To create bookmarks for this example, go to section
40407 \begin_inset space ~
40410 2.5 and use the menu
40413 \begin_inset space ~
40417 \begin_inset space ~
40424 \begin_inset space ~
40430 \begin_inset space ~
40434 \begin_inset space ~
40440 Now you can jump easily between these sections by using the menu or by
40444 arg "bookmark-goto 1"
40450 arg "bookmark-goto 2"
40456 \begin_layout Standard
40457 You can also use bookmarks to jump between several opened documents.
40458 The saved bookmarks are valid till the document is closed.
40461 \begin_layout Subsection
40462 Next Note, Change, Cross-reference
40465 \begin_layout Standard
40466 Jump to the next note, change, or cross-reference following the current
40470 \begin_layout Subsection
40474 \begin_layout Standard
40475 Only active when the cursor is in front of a cross-reference.
40476 Sets the cursor before the referenced label, the same as if you right-click
40477 on a cross-reference box.
40480 \begin_layout Section
40482 \begin_inset Index idx
40485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40494 \begin_layout Subsection
40498 \begin_layout Standard
40499 Change Tracking is described in section
40500 \begin_inset space ~
40504 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40506 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
40513 \begin_layout Subsection
40518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40528 \begin_layout Standard
40529 After running LaTeX by viewing or exporting a document, this menu will be
40531 It shows the logfile of the used LaTeX-program.
40534 \begin_layout Standard
40535 Here you can see how LaTeX works in the background.
40540 will find in it reasons for LaTeX-errors.
40543 \begin_layout Subsection
40547 \begin_layout Standard
40548 Opens the TOC/Outline window as described in section
40549 \begin_inset space ~
40553 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40555 reference "sec:Navigating"
40560 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40562 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
40569 \begin_layout Subsection
40570 Start Appendix Here
40573 \begin_layout Standard
40574 This menu will start the appendix of the document at the current cursor
40575 position as described in section
40576 \begin_inset space ~
40580 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40582 reference "sec:Appendices"
40589 \begin_layout Subsection
40593 \begin_layout Standard
40594 Un/compresses the current document.
40597 \begin_layout Subsection
40601 \begin_layout Standard
40602 The document settings are described in appendix
40603 \begin_inset space ~
40607 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40609 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
40616 \begin_layout Section
40618 \begin_inset Index idx
40621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40630 \begin_layout Subsection
40634 \begin_layout Standard
40635 Spell checking is explained in section
40636 \begin_inset space ~
40640 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40642 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
40649 \begin_layout Subsection
40653 \begin_layout Standard
40654 The thesaurus is described in section
40655 \begin_inset space ~
40659 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40661 reference "sec:Thesaurus"
40668 \begin_layout Subsection
40670 \begin_inset Index idx
40673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40680 \begin_inset Index idx
40683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40692 \begin_layout Standard
40693 Counts the number of words and characters in the actual document or the
40694 highlighted document part.
40697 \begin_layout Subsection
40699 \begin_inset Index idx
40702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40711 \begin_layout Standard
40712 Shows you a list of the classes and styles installed in your LaTeX-system.
40715 \begin_layout Subsection
40717 \begin_inset Index idx
40720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40721 LyX ! Reconfigure|see
40725 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40732 Reconfiguration of LyX
40736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40749 \begin_inset Index idx
40752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40753 Reconfiguration of LyX
40761 \begin_layout Standard
40762 This menu entry reconfigures LyX; that is, LyX looks for LaTeX-packages
40763 and needed programs it needs; see also section
40764 \begin_inset space ~
40768 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40770 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
40777 \begin_layout Subsection
40781 \begin_layout Standard
40782 The preferences dialog is described in detail in appendix
40783 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40787 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40789 reference "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
40796 \begin_layout Section
40798 \begin_inset Index idx
40801 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40810 \begin_layout Standard
40811 This menu opens the documentation files of LyX in the language of LyX's
40815 \begin_layout Standard
40819 \begin_inset space ~
40824 shows a LyX-document with information about the LaTeX-packages and classes
40825 found by LyX (see also section
40826 \begin_inset space ~
40830 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40832 reference "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
40839 \begin_layout Section
40841 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40843 name "sec:Toolbars"
40850 \begin_layout Standard
40851 How to show or hide toolbars is explained in section
40852 \begin_inset space ~
40856 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40858 reference "sub:Toolbars"
40865 \begin_layout Standard
40866 It is also possible to define custom toolbars.
40867 This is described in the
40869 Additional Features
40874 \begin_layout Subsection
40876 \begin_inset Index idx
40879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40888 \begin_layout Standard
40889 \begin_inset Graphics
40890 filename clipart/StandardToolbar.png
40898 \begin_layout Standard
40899 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
40905 \begin_layout Standard
40906 The standard toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
40911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40923 \begin_inset Note Note
40926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40927 This is necessary to left align the following longtables.
40932 manual for more information.
40940 \begin_layout Standard
40941 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
40947 \begin_layout Standard
40948 \begin_inset Tabular
40949 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="2">
40950 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
40951 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
40952 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
40954 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40957 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40958 \begin_inset Graphics
40959 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
40969 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40972 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40973 pull-down box for the paragraph environments
40986 \begin_layout Standard
40987 \begin_inset VSpace -10mm
40993 \begin_layout Standard
40995 \begin_inset Tabular
40996 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="21" columns="2">
40997 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
40998 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
40999 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
41000 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41001 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41017 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41023 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41030 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41031 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41047 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41053 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41060 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41061 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41077 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41083 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41090 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41091 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41099 arg "dialog-show print"
41107 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41113 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41120 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41121 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41124 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41129 arg "dialog-show spellchecker"
41137 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41140 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41143 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41150 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41151 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41167 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41170 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41173 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41180 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41181 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41184 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41197 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41203 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41210 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41211 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41227 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41233 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41240 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41241 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41244 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41257 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41263 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41270 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41271 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41274 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41287 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41293 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41300 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41301 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41304 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41309 arg "dialog-show findreplace"
41317 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41323 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41325 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41329 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41338 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41339 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41347 arg "bookmark-goto 0"
41355 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41361 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41362 Bookmarks\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41369 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41370 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41386 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41390 Emphasize text, function of the Edit
41392 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
41394 \begin_inset space ~
41405 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41406 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41409 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41422 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41426 Set text to noun style, function of the Edit
41428 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
41430 \begin_inset space ~
41441 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41442 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41450 arg "textstyle-apply"
41458 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41461 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41462 Formats text using the current settings in the
41464 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41466 \begin_inset space ~
41477 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41478 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41494 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41500 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41501 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41503 \begin_inset space ~
41512 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41513 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41521 arg "dialog-show-new-inset graphics"
41529 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41535 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41542 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41543 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41549 arg "tabular-insert"
41557 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41563 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41570 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41571 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41574 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41579 arg "dialog-toggle toc"
41587 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41590 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41591 Toggle outline window on/off,
41593 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41600 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41601 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41604 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41609 arg "toolbar-toggle math"
41617 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41621 Toggle math toolbar on/off
41627 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41628 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41636 arg "toolbar-toggle table"
41644 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41647 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41648 Toggle table toolbar on/off
41661 \begin_layout Subsection
41663 \begin_inset Index idx
41666 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41675 \begin_layout Standard
41676 \begin_inset Graphics
41677 filename clipart/ExtraToolbar.png
41685 \begin_layout Standard
41686 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
41692 \begin_layout Standard
41693 The extra toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
41697 \begin_layout Standard
41698 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
41704 \begin_layout Standard
41705 \begin_inset Tabular
41706 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="25" columns="2">
41707 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
41708 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
41709 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
41710 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41711 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41714 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41727 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41730 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41737 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41738 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41741 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41746 arg "layout Enumerate"
41754 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41757 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41764 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41765 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41773 arg "layout Itemize"
41781 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41791 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41792 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41808 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41811 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41818 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41819 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41827 arg "layout Description"
41835 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41845 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41846 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41854 arg "depth-increment"
41862 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41868 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41870 \begin_inset space ~
41874 \begin_inset space ~
41883 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41884 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41887 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41892 arg "depth-decrement"
41900 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41903 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41906 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41908 \begin_inset space ~
41912 \begin_inset space ~
41921 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41922 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41930 arg "float-insert figure"
41938 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41944 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41945 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41952 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41953 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41961 arg "float-insert table"
41969 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41972 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41975 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41976 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41983 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41984 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42000 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42006 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42013 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42014 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42017 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42022 arg "dialog-show-new-inset ref"
42030 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42036 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42043 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42044 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42047 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42052 arg "dialog-show-new-inset citation"
42060 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42063 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42066 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42073 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42074 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42077 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42090 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42096 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42098 \begin_inset space ~
42107 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42108 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42116 arg "nomencl-insert"
42124 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42130 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42132 \begin_inset space ~
42141 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42142 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42150 arg "footnote-insert"
42158 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42164 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42171 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42172 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42175 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42180 arg "marginalnote-insert"
42188 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42194 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42196 \begin_inset space ~
42205 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42206 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42222 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42228 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42229 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42231 \begin_inset space ~
42240 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42241 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42244 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42249 arg "box-insert Frameless"
42257 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42263 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42270 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42271 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42274 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42287 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42293 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42300 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42301 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42304 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42317 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42323 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42345 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42346 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42354 arg "math-macro newmacroname newcommand"
42362 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42368 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42369 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42376 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42377 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42385 arg "dialog-show-new-inset include"
42393 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42399 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42400 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42402 \begin_inset space ~
42411 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42412 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42420 arg "dialog-show character"
42428 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42434 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42436 \begin_inset space ~
42445 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42446 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42454 arg "layout-paragraph"
42462 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42468 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42470 \begin_inset space ~
42479 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42480 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42488 arg "thesaurus-entry"
42496 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42502 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42516 \begin_layout Subsection
42517 View / Update Toolbar
42518 \begin_inset Index idx
42521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42522 Toolbar ! View / Update
42530 \begin_layout Standard
42531 \begin_inset Graphics
42532 filename clipart/ViewToolbar.png
42539 \begin_layout Standard
42540 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
42546 \begin_layout Standard
42547 The view / update toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the
42551 \begin_layout Standard
42552 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
42558 \begin_layout Standard
42559 \begin_inset Tabular
42560 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="7" columns="2">
42561 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
42562 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
42563 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
42564 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42565 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42581 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42584 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42587 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42594 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42595 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42603 arg "buffer-update"
42611 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42617 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42624 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42625 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42633 arg "master-buffer-view"
42641 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42647 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42654 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42655 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42663 arg "master-buffer-update"
42671 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42677 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42684 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42685 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42688 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42693 arg "buffer-toggle-output-sync"
42701 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42707 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42708 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42709 Output\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42710 Synchronize with Output
42716 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42717 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42721 \begin_inset Graphics
42722 filename ../images/view-others.png
42724 groupId toolbarbuttons
42735 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42738 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42741 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42742 View (Other Formats)
42748 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42749 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42753 \begin_inset Graphics
42754 filename ../images/update-others.png
42756 groupId toolbarbuttons
42765 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42771 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42772 Update (Other Formats)
42785 \begin_layout Standard
42786 * These icons might look different for you if you do not use the default
42790 \begin_layout Subsection
42794 \begin_layout Standard
42795 The change tracking toolbar is explained in section
42796 \begin_inset space ~
42800 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42802 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
42806 , the table toolbar
42807 \begin_inset Index idx
42810 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42820 manual, the math macro toolbar
42821 \begin_inset Index idx
42824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42837 \begin_layout Chapter
42838 The Document Settings
42839 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42841 name "cha:The-Document-Settings"
42846 \begin_inset Index idx
42849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42850 Document ! Settings
42858 \begin_layout Standard
42859 The document settings dialog contains submenus to set properties for the
42860 whole document and is called with the menu
42862 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42866 You can save your document settings as default with th
42868 e Save as Document Defaults
42870 button in the dialog.
42871 This will create a template named
42875 which is automatically loaded by LyX when you create a new document without
42879 \begin_layout Standard
42880 The different submenus of the dialog are explained in the following.
42883 \begin_layout Section
42887 \begin_layout Standard
42888 Here you set the document class, class options, a graphics driver, and a
42890 Document classes are described in section
42891 \begin_inset space ~
42895 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42897 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
42902 Some classes use some class options by default.
42903 If this is the case, they are listed in the field
42907 and you can decide to use them or not.
42908 If you don't exactly know what the default class options are for, it is
42909 recommended not to touch them.
42910 The graphics driver is used for LaTeX's graphics, color and page layout
42916 , the default driver for the LaTeX-packages is used.
42917 It is recommended that you use the default unless you know what you are
42922 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42923 When you want one of the following drivers
42924 \begin_inset Newline newline
42927 dvi2ps, dvialw, dvilaser, dvitops, psprint, pubps, ln
42928 \begin_inset Newline newline
42931 you first have to activate them in your LaTeX distribution, see sec.
42932 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42936 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42938 target "http://tug.ctan.org/get/macros/latex/required/graphics/grfguide.pdf"
42950 \begin_layout Standard
42951 Specifying a master document is necessary when the current document is a
42952 child or subdocument.
42953 This master document will be used by LyX when the child document is opened
42954 without its master.
42955 This way child documents are always compilable.
42956 More about master and child documents is explained in the section
42967 \begin_layout Section
42971 \begin_layout Standard
42972 This submenu is only visible when your document includes child documents.
42973 Please refer to the section
42981 manual for details.
42984 \begin_layout Section
42988 \begin_layout Standard
42989 Modules are explained in section
42990 \begin_inset space ~
42994 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42996 reference "sub:Modules"
43003 \begin_layout Section
43007 \begin_layout Standard
43008 The document font settings are described in section
43009 \begin_inset space ~
43013 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43015 reference "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
43022 \begin_layout Section
43026 \begin_layout Standard
43027 You can specify if paragraphs should be separated by indentations or vertical
43029 The line spacing and the number of text columns can here also be specified.
43033 \begin_layout Standard
43034 Note that LyX won't show two columns or the set up line spacing on screen.
43035 That's impractical, often unreadable, and not part of the WYSIWYM concept.
43036 However, it will be as you specified it in the output.
43039 \begin_layout Standard
43040 The listings settings are explained in the corresponding section in the
43048 \begin_layout Section
43052 \begin_layout Standard
43053 A description of this menu is given in section
43054 \begin_inset space ~
43058 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43060 reference "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
43065 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43067 reference "sub:Document-Layout"
43074 \begin_layout Section
43078 \begin_layout Standard
43079 Here you can adjust the paper margins, see section
43080 \begin_inset space ~
43084 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43086 reference "sub:Margins"
43093 \begin_layout Section
43095 \begin_inset Index idx
43098 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43099 Language ! Encoding
43107 \begin_layout Standard
43108 The document language and quote styles are set here.
43109 The encoding specifies how the document content is exported to LaTeX (the
43110 LyX file is always encoded in utf8).
43111 All characters that cannot be encoded using the specified encoding will
43112 be exported as LaTeX-commands (this can fail if a LaTeX-command is not
43113 known for a particular character).
43117 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43118 The known commands are defined in a text file.
43119 You can add commands for unknown symbols to that file yourself, see the
43124 manual for details.
43132 \begin_layout Standard
43133 If you use the option
43137 , LyX determines the encoding of a text part from the language of this text.
43138 If the document contains text in more than one language you may get more
43139 than one encoding in the LaTeX file.
43140 If you do not use this option then the complete document will always use
43141 exactly one encoding.
43142 Checking this option is the preferred setting.
43145 \begin_layout Standard
43146 LyX also supports Unicode output, which is particularly useful if you need
43147 lots of special symbols or non-alphabetic scripts, respectively.
43148 If you want to use this (and your LaTeX installation supports Unicode,
43149 for that matter), choose one of the four utf8 variants from the list below.
43150 Unfortunately the Unicode support of standard LaTeX is quite incomplete,
43151 so it is not uncommon that a file with lots of Unicode symbols works fine
43156 (when LyX uses its list of known LaTeX-commands), but does not work with
43157 a fixed utf8 encoding (when the list of known LaTeX-commands is not used,
43158 because all Unicode symbols can be encoded in utf8).
43159 The situation is much better with XeTeX and LuaTeX, two new alternative
43160 engines to standard LaTeX.
43161 Both engines support Unicode natively.
43162 LyX now also supports these two engines (via the output formats
43165 \begin_inset space ~
43172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43184 \begin_inset space ~
43191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43203 \begin_inset space ~
43209 \begin_inset space ~
43213 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43215 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
43219 ), so if the above options fail, you might try out one of these new engines.
43222 \begin_layout Standard
43223 Here is a list with the important encodings:
43226 \begin_layout Description
43228 \begin_inset space ~
43232 \begin_inset space ~
43236 \begin_inset space ~
43243 , but the LaTeX-package
43248 \begin_inset Index idx
43251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43252 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
43258 When using this, you probably need to load some additional packages manually
43259 in the preamble and specify the used encoding for text parts in foreign
43260 languages in TeX code.
43263 \begin_layout Description
43264 ASCII the ASCII encoding, covers only plain English (7-bit ASCII).
43265 LyX converts all other characters into LaTeX commands, which may result
43266 in a big file when lots of LaTeX-commands are needed.
43269 \begin_layout Description
43271 \begin_inset space ~
43275 \begin_inset space ~
43278 1256) MS Windows code page for Arabic and Farsi
43281 \begin_layout Description
43283 \begin_inset space ~
43287 \begin_inset space ~
43290 8859-6) for Arabic and Farsi
43293 \begin_layout Description
43295 \begin_inset space ~
43298 (ArmSCII8) for Armenian
43301 \begin_layout Description
43303 \begin_inset space ~
43307 \begin_inset space ~
43310 1257) MS Windows code page for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, the same
43311 as the ISO-8859-13 encoding
43314 \begin_layout Description
43316 \begin_inset space ~
43320 \begin_inset space ~
43323 8859-13) for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, a superset of the ISO-8859-4
43327 \begin_layout Description
43329 \begin_inset space ~
43333 \begin_inset space ~
43336 8859-4) (latin 4) for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, a subset of the
43337 ISO-8859-13 encoding
43340 \begin_layout Description
43342 \begin_inset space ~
43346 \begin_inset space ~
43350 \begin_inset space ~
43353 1250) MS Windows code page for ISO
43354 \begin_inset space ~
43360 \begin_layout Description
43362 \begin_inset space ~
43366 \begin_inset space ~
43370 \begin_inset space ~
43373 8859-2) (latin 2) covers Albanian, Croatian, Czech, German, Hungarian, Polish,
43374 Romanian, Slovak and Slovenian
43377 \begin_layout Description
43379 \begin_inset space ~
43383 \begin_inset space ~
43386 (EUC-CN) for simplified Chinese, used especially on UNIX OSes, since 2001
43387 this encoding is officially replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030
43388 is not available for LaTeX you should try to use the encoding Unicode
43389 \begin_inset space ~
43393 \begin_inset space ~
43399 \begin_layout Description
43401 \begin_inset space ~
43405 \begin_inset space ~
43408 (GBK) for simplified Chinese, is the same as the Windows code page CP 936
43409 except for the Euro currency sign, since 2001 this encoding is officially
43410 replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030 is not available for LaTeX
43411 you should try to use the encoding Unicode
43412 \begin_inset space ~
43416 \begin_inset space ~
43422 \begin_layout Description
43424 \begin_inset space ~
43428 \begin_inset space ~
43431 (EUC-TW) for traditional Chinese
43434 \begin_layout Description
43436 \begin_inset space ~
43440 \begin_inset space ~
43443 1251) MS Windows code page for Cyrillic
43446 \begin_layout Description
43448 \begin_inset space ~
43452 \begin_inset space ~
43455 8859-5) covers Belorussian, Bulgarian, Macedonian, Serbian and Ukrainian
43458 \begin_layout Description
43460 \begin_inset space ~
43463 (KOI8-R) standard Cyrillic especially for Russian
43466 \begin_layout Description
43468 \begin_inset space ~
43471 (KOI8-U) Cyrillic for Ukrainian
43474 \begin_layout Description
43476 \begin_inset space ~
43480 \begin_inset space ~
43483 154) Cyrillic for Kazakh
43486 \begin_layout Description
43488 \begin_inset space ~
43492 \begin_inset space ~
43498 \begin_layout Description
43500 \begin_inset space ~
43504 \begin_inset space ~
43507 1255) MS Windows code page for Hebrew, a superset of the ISO-8859-8 encoding
43510 \begin_layout Description
43512 \begin_inset space ~
43516 \begin_inset space ~
43522 \begin_layout Description
43524 \begin_inset space ~
43528 \begin_inset space ~
43531 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
43536 \begin_inset Index idx
43539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43540 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
43545 , when using this, set the document language to
43550 \begin_layout Description
43552 \begin_inset space ~
43556 \begin_inset space ~
43559 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
43563 , when using this, set the document language to
43566 \begin_inset space ~
43572 \begin_layout Description
43574 \begin_inset space ~
43578 \begin_inset space ~
43581 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
43586 \begin_inset Index idx
43589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43590 LaTeX-packages ! japanese
43595 , when using this, set the document language to
43600 \begin_layout Description
43602 \begin_inset space ~
43606 \begin_inset space ~
43609 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
43613 , when using this, set the document language to
43618 \begin_layout Description
43620 \begin_inset space ~
43624 \begin_inset space ~
43627 (SJIS) SJIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
43631 , when using this, set the document language to
43636 \begin_layout Description
43638 \begin_inset space ~
43641 (EUC-KR) for Korean
43644 \begin_layout Description
43646 \begin_inset space ~
43650 \begin_inset space ~
43654 \begin_inset space ~
43657 8859-3) (latin 3) covers Esperanto, Galician, Maltese and Turkish
43660 \begin_layout Description
43662 \begin_inset space ~
43666 \begin_inset space ~
43670 \begin_inset space ~
43673 8859-16) (latin 10) covers Albanian, Croatian, Finnish, French, German,
43674 Hungarian, Irish Gaelic, Italian, Polish, Romanian and Slovenian, is designed
43675 to cover many languages and characters with diacritics
43678 \begin_layout Description
43680 \begin_inset space ~
43684 \begin_inset space ~
43690 \begin_layout Description
43692 \begin_inset space ~
43696 \begin_inset space ~
43699 8859-9) (latin 5) for Turkish, is like the ISO-8859-1 encoding where the
43700 Icelandic letters are replaced by Turkish ones
43703 \begin_layout Description
43705 \begin_inset space ~
43709 \begin_inset space ~
43712 (utf8) Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
43717 \begin_inset Index idx
43720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43721 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
43726 (for the languages Chinese, Japanese and Korean)
43729 \begin_layout Description
43731 \begin_inset space ~
43735 \begin_inset space ~
43738 (utf8) Unicode utf8 to be used with
43746 , which use Unicode directly, without the help of the LaTeX-package
43751 LyX automatically selects this encoding if you export or preview XeTeX
43753 Normally you do not need to set this encoding manually.
43756 \begin_layout Description
43758 \begin_inset space ~
43762 \begin_inset space ~
43765 (utf8x) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package
43770 \begin_inset Index idx
43773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43774 LaTeX-packages ! ucs
43779 (comprehensive, including Latin, Greek, Cyrillic and CJK scripts).
43782 \begin_layout Description
43784 \begin_inset space ~
43787 (utf8) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package
43792 \begin_inset Index idx
43795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43796 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
43802 Currently only a limited range of characters (mainly for Latin scripts)
43806 \begin_layout Description
43808 \begin_inset space ~
43812 \begin_inset space ~
43816 \begin_inset space ~
43819 1252) MS Windows code page for ISO
43820 \begin_inset space ~
43826 \begin_layout Description
43828 \begin_inset space ~
43832 \begin_inset space ~
43836 \begin_inset space ~
43839 8859-1) (latin 1) covers the languages Albanian, Catalan, Danish, Dutch,
43840 English, Faroese, Finnish, French, Galician, German, Icelandic, Irish,
43841 Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish and Swedish; better use the ISO-8859-15
43845 \begin_layout Description
43847 \begin_inset space ~
43851 \begin_inset space ~
43855 \begin_inset space ~
43858 8859-15) (latin 9) like the ISO-8859-1 encoding, but with the Euro currency
43859 sign, the œ-ligature and some characters used for French and Finnish
43862 \begin_layout Standard
43863 Finally, the dialog lets you select a specific language package for the
43866 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43867 LatexCommand formatted
43868 reference "sub:Prefs-Language"
43872 for more information on the language package.
43875 \begin_layout Section
43879 \begin_layout Standard
43880 You can adjust here the numbering depth of section headings and the section
43881 depth in the table of contents as described in section
43882 \begin_inset space ~
43886 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43888 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
43895 \begin_layout Section
43899 \begin_layout Standard
43900 You can specify here a citation style using the LaTeX packages
43905 \begin_inset Index idx
43908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43909 LaTeX-packages ! natbib
43919 \begin_inset Index idx
43922 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43923 LaTeX-packages ! jurabib
43928 , you can enable subdivided bibliographies using the LaTeX package
43933 \begin_inset Index idx
43936 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43937 LaTeX-packages ! bibtopic
43942 and you can customize how the bibliography of the given document is being
43944 For a further description see section
43945 \begin_inset space ~
43949 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43951 reference "sec:Bibliography"
43958 \begin_layout Section
43962 \begin_layout Standard
43963 Here, you can customize how the index of your document is being generated
43964 and you can define additional indexes.
43965 Please refer to section
43966 \begin_inset space ~
43970 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43972 reference "sec:Index"
43979 \begin_layout Section
43983 \begin_layout Standard
43984 The PDF properties are explained in section
43985 \begin_inset space ~
43989 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43991 reference "sec:PDF-Properties"
43998 \begin_layout Section
44002 \begin_layout Standard
44003 These options will force LyX to use the LaTeX-packages
44008 \begin_inset Index idx
44011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44012 LaTeX-packages ! amsmath
44022 \begin_inset Index idx
44025 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44026 LaTeX-packages ! esint
44031 or to use them automatically when they are needed.
44034 \begin_layout Standard
44039 is needed for many constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in formulas,
44040 ensure that you have enabled AMS.
44043 \begin_layout Standard
44048 is used for special integral characters.
44051 \begin_layout Section
44055 \begin_layout Standard
44056 The float placement options are described in section
44057 \begin_inset space ~
44061 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44063 reference "sub:Float-Placement"
44070 \begin_layout Section
44074 \begin_layout Standard
44075 Here you can adjust the characters for the itemize levels.
44076 The itemize environment is described in section
44077 \begin_inset space ~
44081 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44083 reference "sec:Itemize"
44090 \begin_layout Section
44094 \begin_layout Standard
44095 Branches are described in section
44096 \begin_inset space ~
44100 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44102 reference "sec:Branches"
44109 \begin_layout Section
44111 \begin_inset CommandInset label
44113 name "sec:Doc-Output"
44120 \begin_layout Standard
44121 Here you can define some output specifics for the current document:
44124 \begin_layout Description
44126 \begin_inset space ~
44130 \begin_inset space ~
44133 Format: The format that is used when you hit
44134 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44138 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44142 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44146 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44150 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44153 View Master Document
44154 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44158 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44161 Update Master Document
44162 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44169 menu or the toolbar.
44170 The default is set in
44172 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
44173 Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
44177 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44178 LatexCommand formatted
44179 reference "sec:File-Formats"
44186 \begin_layout Description
44188 \begin_inset space ~
44192 \begin_inset space ~
44196 \begin_inset Note Note
44199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44208 \begin_layout Description
44210 \begin_inset space ~
44214 \begin_inset space ~
44218 \begin_inset Note Note
44221 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44230 \begin_layout Section
44235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44245 \begin_layout Standard
44246 In this text field are entered commands to load special LaTeX-packages or
44247 to define LaTeX-commands.
44248 The preamble is a thing for LaTeX-experts.
44249 You should not enter commands here until you exactly know what you are
44253 \begin_layout Standard
44254 An introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
44255 \begin_inset space ~
44259 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44261 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
44268 \begin_layout Chapter
44274 \begin_inset CommandInset label
44276 name "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
44281 \begin_inset Index idx
44284 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44293 \begin_layout Standard
44294 The preferences dialog is called with the menu
44296 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
44300 It has the following submenus.
44303 \begin_layout Section
44307 \begin_layout Subsection
44311 \begin_layout Subsubsection
44312 User Interface File
44313 \begin_inset Index idx
44316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44317 Customization ! of toolbars
44323 \begin_inset Index idx
44326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44327 Customization ! of menus
44335 \begin_layout Standard
44336 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
44339 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44344 You have to restart LyX before the change of the user interface file take
44353 \begin_layout Standard
44354 The appearance of the menus and toolbars can be changed by choosing a user
44355 interface (ui) file.
44356 An ui-file is a text file where the toolbars and menus are listed.
44357 The toolbar buttons and menu entries are specified in the files
44366 Both files are loaded by the
44371 To create your own menu and toolbar layout, start with a copy of these
44372 files and edit the entries.
44375 \begin_layout Standard
44376 The syntax of the .inc-files is straightforward: The
44388 entries must be ended with an explicit
44413 and in the case of the
44414 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44418 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44426 The syntax for the entries is:
44429 \begin_layout Standard
44430 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
44436 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44444 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44448 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44452 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44458 \begin_layout Standard
44460 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
44463 All LyX-functions are listed in the menu
44465 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
44467 \begin_inset space ~
44475 \begin_layout Standard
44476 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
44482 \begin_layout Standard
44483 An example: Assuming you use the menu
44485 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
44488 quite often and therefore want six available bookmarks, you can add the
44492 \begin_layout Standard
44493 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
44499 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44503 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44507 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44511 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44517 \begin_layout Standard
44519 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
44522 to the navigate menu section in the .inc-file to have the sixth bookmark.
44525 \begin_layout Subsubsection
44529 \begin_layout Standard
44532 Enable tool tips in main work area
44534 enables tool tips showing the content of closed insets like index entries
44538 \begin_layout Subsubsection
44542 \begin_layout Standard
44546 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44550 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44553 restoring of window layout and geometries
44555 LyX's main window will be opened with the size and layout that was used
44556 in the last LyX session.
44559 \begin_layout Standard
44562 Restore cursor positions
44564 sets the cursor to the position in the file where it has been the last
44568 \begin_layout Standard
44571 Load opened files from last session
44573 opens all files that were opened in the last LyX session.
44576 \begin_layout Subsubsection
44578 \begin_inset CommandInset label
44580 name "sub:Backup documents"
44585 \begin_inset Index idx
44588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44597 \begin_layout Standard
44602 is set, you can specify the time between backup saves.
44605 \begin_layout Standard
44610 is the number of last opened files that LyX should display in the menu
44613 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
44615 \begin_inset space ~
44623 \begin_layout Standard
44626 Open documents in tabs
44628 is not used, then every file will be opened in its own new instance of
44632 \begin_layout Subsection
44634 \begin_inset Index idx
44637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44644 \begin_inset CommandInset label
44646 name "sub:Screen-Fonts"
44653 \begin_layout Standard
44654 These fonts are used to display your documents on the screen.
44657 \begin_layout Standard
44658 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
44661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44666 This section only deals with the fonts
44671 The fonts that appear on the output are independent from these fonts, and
44674 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
44675 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
44686 \begin_layout Standard
44687 By default, LyX uses
44691 as roman (serif) font,
44699 (depends on the system) as
44702 \begin_inset space ~
44718 \begin_layout Standard
44719 You can change the font size with the
44724 You can also change the font zoom outside the preferences dialog for the
44725 current LyX session by pressing Ctrl and scrolling the mouse wheel.
44728 \begin_layout Standard
44733 is the screen resolution in dpi (dots per inch).
44734 The Font Sizes are calculated as letter height in units of points.
44736 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44739 points have the size of 1
44740 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44744 \begin_inset space ~
44748 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44750 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
44757 \begin_layout Standard
44762 are the same as if a document font size of 10
44763 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44767 The sizes are explained in detail in section
44768 \begin_inset space ~
44772 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44774 reference "sub:Document-Font"
44781 \begin_layout Standard
44784 Use Pixmap Cache to speed up font rendering
44786 enabled, LyX needs to redraw the screen less often.
44787 This results in better performance, especially on slow systems.
44788 On the other hand, the characters might look more fuzzy on screen.
44789 So whether you enable this or not depends on whether you prefer speed over
44791 Note that the Pixmap Cache is only available and useful under Mac
44792 \begin_inset space ~
44798 \begin_layout Subsection
44800 \begin_inset Index idx
44803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44810 \begin_inset Index idx
44813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44822 \begin_layout Standard
44823 You can here change all the colors used by LyX.
44824 Choose an item in the list and use the
44831 \begin_layout Subsection
44833 \begin_inset Index idx
44836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44845 \begin_layout Standard
44846 Here you can specify if graphics inside LyX are displayed.
44849 \begin_layout Standard
44854 enables previewing snippets of your document.
44855 This feature is described in section
44856 \begin_inset space ~
44860 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44862 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
44869 \begin_layout Standard
44873 \begin_inset space ~
44877 \begin_inset space ~
44881 \begin_inset space ~
44886 displays a pilcrow (¶) at the end of every paragraph.
44889 \begin_layout Section
44891 \begin_inset Index idx
44894 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44903 \begin_layout Subsection
44907 \begin_layout Subsubsection
44911 \begin_layout Standard
44914 Cursor follows scrollbar
44916 sets the cursor to the top of the currently displayed document part when
44920 \begin_layout Standard
44921 You can adjust the thickness of the cursor with the
44926 If you set the value to zero the thickness of the cursor scales relative
44927 to the zoom value you choose for the screen fonts.
44930 \begin_layout Standard
44933 Sort environments alphabetically
44935 sorts the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
44938 \begin_layout Standard
44941 Group environments by their category
44943 groups the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
44946 \begin_layout Standard
44947 The math macro editing option determines the editing style, see the section
44959 \begin_layout Subsubsection
44963 \begin_layout Standard
44964 Here you can specify what is hidden in the fullscreen mode.
44969 specifies the width of the text in fullscreen mode.
44970 This way you can display the text smaller than the screen, the text appears
44974 \begin_layout Subsection
44976 \begin_inset Index idx
44979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44986 \begin_inset Index idx
44989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44990 Settings ! Shortcuts
44998 \begin_layout Subsubsection
45002 \begin_layout Standard
45003 Bindings are used to bind a LyX-function to a key.
45004 Several binding files are available:
45007 \begin_layout Description
45008 cua.bind typical set of PC keyboard shortcuts
45011 \begin_layout Description
45012 (x)emacs.bind set of bindings like they are used in the editor programs
45023 \begin_layout Description
45024 mac.bind set of bindings for
45027 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45035 \begin_layout Standard
45036 There are also bind-files designed for special document classes, like
45040 , and bind files for special languages.
45041 The name of language bind-files begin with a language code, e.
45042 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45046 \begin_inset space \space{}
45050 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45054 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45058 If you use LyX in a certain language, LyX will try to use the appropriate
45062 \begin_layout Standard
45063 Some bind-files, like
45067 , have only a small scope.
45068 When looking at the end of the file
45072 , you can see that they are included to keep the overview in the bind-file.
45075 \begin_layout Subsubsection
45077 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45079 name "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
45084 \begin_inset Index idx
45087 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45088 Key Bindings ! Editing
45096 \begin_layout Standard
45097 To add new or modify existing keybindings to your own taste you can use
45098 the table in the dialog that lists all LyX-functions and the bound shortcuts.
45099 To find functions easily, they are grouped by categories and the dialog
45102 Show key-bindings containing
45105 In this field you can insert a keyword for a function you want to edit.
45106 Insert there for example as keyword
45107 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45111 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45114 and you get the 4 different existing shortcuts for the 3 different functions
45116 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45120 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45124 As you can see, one function can have more than one shortcut.
45125 All LyX-functions are also listed in the file
45129 that you will find in the
45136 \begin_layout Standard
45138 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45142 \begin_inset space \space{}
45153 , select the function and press the
45158 A dialog pops up where you can add the shortcut by using it.
45159 So press Alt+Q to define the shortcut.
45160 Modifying an existing shortcut is done the same way.
45161 You can also bind multiple functions to one shortcut by modifying an existing
45162 binding and adding the different function names as a semicolon separated
45164 LyX will then use the first function that is enabled in the current document
45166 The binding for the function
45170 is an example of this.
45173 \begin_layout Standard
45174 Alternatively you can also edit shortcuts by modifying bind-files with a
45176 The syntax of the entries is:
45179 \begin_layout Standard
45185 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45189 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45193 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45197 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45203 \begin_layout Subsection
45205 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45207 name "sub:Keyboard-Map"
45212 \begin_inset Index idx
45215 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45222 \begin_inset Index idx
45225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45226 Settings ! Keyboard Map
45234 \begin_layout Standard
45235 Normally keyboard settings have to be done in a menu of your operating system.
45236 For the case that this is not possible, LyX provides keyboard maps.
45238 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45242 \begin_inset space \space{}
45245 a Czech keyboard but want to write with it like with a Romanian one, you
45246 can use the keyboard map file named
45253 \begin_layout Standard
45254 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
45257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45262 Keyboard maps are only provided as makeshift and don't work on all systems.
45270 \begin_layout Standard
45271 Besides this, you can specify here the
45273 Wheel scrolling speed
45276 The standard value is 1.0, higher values speed up the scrolling, lower ones
45280 \begin_layout Subsection
45282 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45284 name "sub:Input-Completion-Appendix"
45289 \begin_inset Index idx
45292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45301 \begin_layout Standard
45302 Input completion is described in sec.
45303 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45307 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45309 reference "sec:Input-Completion"
45314 The completion options for math do the same as the corresponding options
45316 With the general options you can define the delay time for the inline and
45317 popup completion and choose if long completions should be abbreviated or
45321 \begin_layout Section
45323 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45330 \begin_inset Index idx
45333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45340 \begin_inset Index idx
45343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45352 \begin_layout Description
45354 \begin_inset space ~
45357 directory This is LyX's working directory.
45358 It is the default when you
45369 \begin_inset space ~
45377 \begin_layout Description
45379 \begin_inset space ~
45382 templates This directory will be opened when you use the menu
45384 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45386 \begin_inset space ~
45390 \begin_inset space ~
45398 \begin_layout Description
45400 \begin_inset space ~
45403 files This directory will be opened when you use the button
45409 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45413 \begin_inset Newline newline
45417 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
45420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45429 button does not exist when using LyX on MacOS and Windows systems.
45437 \begin_layout Description
45439 \begin_inset space ~
45443 \begin_inset Index idx
45446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45452 Backup copies will be saved to this directory.
45453 When no directory is given but backups are enabled as described in section
45454 \begin_inset space ~
45458 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45460 reference "sub:Backup documents"
45468 will be used to save the backups.
45469 \begin_inset Newline newline
45472 The backup files have the ending
45473 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45477 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45483 \begin_layout Description
45488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45495 XServer-Pipe Here you can enter the name of a Unix-pipe.
45496 This pipe is used to send data from external programs to LyX.
45497 \begin_inset Newline newline
45501 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
45504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45509 This feature doesn't work on Windows systems.
45517 \begin_layout Description
45519 \begin_inset space ~
45522 directory Temporary files will be saved in this directory.
45525 \begin_layout Description
45527 \begin_inset space ~
45530 prefix This field contains a list of paths to external programs.
45531 When LyX needs to use an external program, it looks in this list where
45532 to find it on the system.
45533 The path list is automatically set up on Windows and Mac systems when LyX
45534 is configured, so that you normally don't have to modify it.
45536 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45540 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45543 Linux systems, the path list will need to be set only if there are external
45544 programs you wish to use that are not in your normal system path ($PATH).
45548 \begin_layout Section
45552 \begin_layout Standard
45553 Here you can insert your name and email address.
45554 The identity will be used when you have enabled change tracking as described
45556 \begin_inset space ~
45560 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45562 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
45566 , to mark changes you make as yours.
45569 \begin_layout Section
45571 \begin_inset Index idx
45574 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45575 Language ! Settings
45581 \begin_inset Index idx
45584 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45585 Settings ! Language
45593 \begin_layout Subsection
45595 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45597 name "sub:Prefs-Language"
45604 \begin_layout Description
45606 \begin_inset space ~
45610 \begin_inset space ~
45613 language Here you can select the language of LyX's menus.
45614 Unfortunately this doesn't work on Mac and Windows.
45615 It works on Linux for the languages into LyX's menus and dialogs are translated.
45616 You find the actual translation status here:
45617 \begin_inset CommandInset href
45619 name "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
45620 target "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
45627 \begin_layout Description
45629 \begin_inset space ~
45632 language is the language used in new documents
45635 \begin_layout Description
45637 \begin_inset space ~
45640 package determines which LaTeX package should be loaded to handle language
45642 Language issues which are handled by this package include proper hyphenation
45643 as well as localization of dates and text strings such as
45644 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45648 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45652 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45656 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45660 The most widespread language package is
45664 , it's the default language package in classic LaTeX.
45665 However, more recent typesetting engines such as XeTeX and LuaTeX come
45666 with an alternative language package (
45670 ) that is more suited for the multi-script support of these engines.
45671 Furthermore, there are also specific language packages for languages not
45673 \begin_inset Newline newline
45676 The available selections are:
45680 \begin_layout Itemize
45690 Selects the most appropriate language package for the current typesetting
45694 \begin_layout Itemize
45700 Uses always babel, even if another package (such as polyglossia) would have
45701 been preferred by automatic setting; this essentially allows to select
45702 babel instead of polyglossia with XeTeX and LuaTeX
45705 \begin_layout Itemize
45711 Lets you load some other language package (via
45724 \begin_layout Itemize
45730 Loads no language package at all
45734 \begin_layout Description
45736 \begin_inset space ~
45740 \begin_inset space ~
45743 Point Define the default decimal point for the use in tables (decimal point
45747 \begin_layout Description
45749 \begin_inset space ~
45752 start When a special LaTeX-package is needed to write in a certain document
45753 language, you can here specify the command to start the package.
45754 An example is the start command
45760 that is needed to write Arabic using the package
45765 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
45780 selectlanguage{$$lang}
45785 \begin_layout Description
45787 \begin_inset space ~
45795 Some packages, like the default, don't have an end command since the start
45796 command toggles the package on and off.
45799 \begin_layout Description
45801 \begin_inset space ~
45805 \begin_inset space ~
45808 globally When this option is set, the languages used in the document will
45809 be added as options to the document class options, so that they can be
45810 used by all LaTeX-packages.
45811 Otherwise they will only be used as options for the
45818 \begin_layout Description
45820 \begin_inset space ~
45823 begin When this option is set, the documents starts with the chosen document
45825 When this option is not set, the
45828 \begin_inset space ~
45833 is explicitly set to the beginning of the document in the LaTeX-output.
45834 This assures that the correct language is used when you use another
45837 \begin_inset space ~
45845 \begin_layout Description
45847 \begin_inset space ~
45853 \begin_inset space ~
45859 When it is not set, the
45862 \begin_inset space ~
45867 is set to the end of the document.
45870 \begin_layout Description
45872 \begin_inset space ~
45876 \begin_inset space ~
45879 languages Text marked formatted in a language different from the document
45880 language will be underlined blue.
45883 \begin_layout Description
45885 \begin_inset space ~
45889 \begin_inset space ~
45892 support Enables the use of languages, written from right to left (RTL),
45893 like Arabic, Hebrew, Farsi.
45896 \begin_layout Description
45898 \begin_inset space ~
45901 movement When writing RTL, you can define if the left and right arrow keys
45902 move the cursor visually to the left or right, respectively, or logically.
45903 Logical means that the cursor is moved to the left when pressing the right
45904 arrow key and the cursor is inside text in an RTL language.
45907 \begin_layout Subsection
45911 \begin_layout Standard
45912 The spellchecker settings are explained in section
45913 \begin_inset space ~
45917 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45919 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
45926 \begin_layout Section
45930 \begin_layout Subsection
45932 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45939 \begin_inset Index idx
45942 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45949 \begin_inset Index idx
45952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45961 \begin_layout Description
45963 \begin_inset space ~
45966 printer Here you can specify the name of your default printer.
45967 The name will be used when the
45972 \begin_inset Newline newline
45976 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
45979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45984 You can leave this field empty on Windows systems because it has no effect.
45992 \begin_layout Description
45994 \begin_inset space ~
45998 \begin_inset space ~
46002 \begin_inset space ~
46005 printer This option works only for the
46010 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46018 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46022 It activates a configuration file for dvips.
46023 This is an option only for dvips experts.
46026 \begin_layout Description
46028 \begin_inset space ~
46031 command is the command LyX
46032 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46036 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46039 LaTeX uses for printing.
46040 The default is on most systems
46047 \begin_layout Description
46049 \begin_inset space ~
46053 \begin_inset space ~
46056 Options Here you can specify printer options.
46057 A list of printer options with explanations can be found in the documentation
46058 of the program that provides the
46065 \begin_layout Subsection
46067 \begin_inset Index idx
46070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46077 \begin_inset Index idx
46080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46081 Settings ! Date format
46089 \begin_layout Standard
46090 The date format can be one or a mixture of the formats listed here:
46091 \begin_inset Newline newline
46095 \begin_inset Flex URL
46098 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46100 http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?date
46106 \begin_inset Newline newline
46109 For example the format
46110 \begin_inset Newline newline
46114 \begin_inset Newline newline
46117 prints the date as day/month/year.
46120 \begin_layout Subsection
46124 \begin_layout Description
46126 \begin_inset space ~
46130 \begin_inset space ~
46133 length sets the maximum number of characters printed in one line when using
46136 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
46137 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
46139 \begin_inset space ~
46145 Setting the line line length to 0 means all text is printed in one endless
46149 \begin_layout Description
46151 \begin_inset space ~
46154 command defines an additional command used to produce better ASCII tables
46159 UNIX-commands (refer to their manuals for more information about them).
46160 Setting this as empty tells LyX to use the internal formatter.
46163 \begin_layout Subsection
46168 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46176 \begin_inset CommandInset label
46178 name "sub:LaTeX-settings"
46183 \begin_inset Index idx
46186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46195 \begin_layout Description
46197 \begin_inset space ~
46204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46212 \begin_inset space ~
46216 \begin_inset space ~
46219 encoding This is the default encoding of the document font.
46224 is the default and covers western languages and symbols.
46246 Combinations of the encodings are possible, like
46247 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46255 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46259 The font encoding is normally automatically loaded by the language packages
46260 LyX sets up in the background.
46261 So there is no need to change the default encoding.
46264 \begin_layout Description
46266 \begin_inset space ~
46270 \begin_inset space ~
46273 size This is the paper size that is used for new documents.
46278 value depends on your LaTeX-system setup.
46281 \begin_layout Standard
46282 You can also specify here commands with parameters for the listed applications.
46283 But before you change something, it is strongly recommended to read the
46284 manuals of the applications.
46285 Currently the following commands can be set:
46288 \begin_layout Description
46293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46301 \begin_inset space ~
46304 command Command for the program
46308 that is described in the section
46314 Additional Features
46319 \begin_layout Description
46324 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46332 \begin_inset space ~
46335 command Command for the program
46339 that generates the bibliography, see section
46340 \begin_inset space ~
46344 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
46346 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
46353 \begin_layout Description
46355 \begin_inset space ~
46358 command Command for the program that generates the index, see section
46359 \begin_inset space ~
46363 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
46365 reference "sub:Index-Program"
46372 \begin_layout Description
46374 \begin_inset space ~
46377 command Command for the program that generates the nomenclature, see section
46378 \begin_inset space ~
46382 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
46384 reference "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
46391 \begin_layout Description
46393 \begin_inset space ~
46397 \begin_inset space ~
46401 \begin_inset space ~
46405 \begin_inset space ~
46408 options They only have an effect when the program
46412 is used as DVI-viewer.
46415 \begin_layout Standard
46416 There are additionally the following options:
46419 \begin_layout Description
46421 \begin_inset space ~
46425 \begin_inset space ~
46429 \begin_inset space ~
46433 \begin_inset space ~
46437 \begin_inset space ~
46440 files Uses paths in the notation of Windows, that means that
46441 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46447 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46451 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46455 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46458 to separate folders.
46459 This option is enabled by default when you use LyX on Windows.
46460 \begin_inset Index idx
46463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46470 \begin_inset Index idx
46473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46482 \begin_layout Description
46484 \begin_inset space ~
46488 \begin_inset space ~
46492 \begin_inset space ~
46496 \begin_inset space ~
46500 \begin_inset space ~
46504 \begin_inset space ~
46507 changes Removes all manually set document class options in the
46509 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
46512 dialog when changing the document class.
46515 \begin_layout Section
46517 \begin_inset space ~
46521 \begin_inset Index idx
46524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46533 \begin_layout Subsection
46535 \begin_inset CommandInset label
46537 name "sub:Converters"
46542 \begin_inset Index idx
46545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46554 \begin_layout Standard
46555 Here you find the list of defined converter commands to convert material
46556 from one format to another.
46557 You can modify them or create new ones.
46558 To modify a converter, select it, change the entry of the field
46565 \begin_inset space ~
46575 To create a new converter, select an existing one, select a different format
46579 \begin_inset space ~
46584 drop-down list, modify the
46588 field, and press the
46595 \begin_layout Standard
46598 Converter File Cache
46600 is enabled, conversions will be cached as long as specified in the field
46603 Maximum Age (in days
46606 This means that images don't need to be converted again when you reopen
46607 a document; the converted images from the cache will be used instead.
46610 \begin_layout Standard
46611 More about converters, like the variables and flags that can be used in
46612 the converter definition, is described in the section
46623 \begin_layout Subsection
46625 \begin_inset CommandInset label
46627 name "sec:File-Formats"
46632 \begin_inset Index idx
46635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46642 \begin_inset Index idx
46645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46654 \begin_layout Standard
46655 Here you find the list of defined file formats that LyX can handle.
46656 You can modify the viewer and editor program that should be used for certain
46660 \begin_layout Standard
46661 Furthermore, you can define the
46662 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46665 Default output format
46666 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46669 that is used when you hit
46670 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46674 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46678 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46682 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46686 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46689 View Master Document
46690 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46694 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46697 Update Master Document
46698 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46701 in the Edit menu or the toolbar.
46704 \begin_layout Standard
46705 More about formats, like the options that can be used in the format definition,
46706 is described in the section
46717 \begin_layout Standard
46718 Since all conversions from one format to another take place in LyX's temporary
46719 directory, it is sometimes necessary to modify a file before copying it
46720 to the temporary directory in order that the conversion may be performed.
46721 This is done by specifying a
46726 More about this is described in the section
46737 \begin_layout Chapter
46738 Units available in LyX
46739 \begin_inset Index idx
46742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46749 \begin_inset CommandInset label
46751 name "cha:Units-available-in"
46758 \begin_layout Standard
46759 To understand the units described in this documentation,
46760 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
46762 reference "cap:Units"
46766 explains all units available in LyX.
46769 \begin_layout Standard
46770 \begin_inset Float table
46776 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46777 \begin_inset Caption
46779 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46780 \begin_inset CommandInset label
46794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46795 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
46801 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46803 \begin_inset Tabular
46804 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
46805 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
46806 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
46807 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
46809 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46818 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46829 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46838 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46849 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46858 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46861 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46869 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46878 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46881 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46889 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46898 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46903 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46907 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46917 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46926 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46931 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46935 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46945 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46948 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46954 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46957 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46958 scaled point (65536
46959 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46963 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46973 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46976 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46982 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46987 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46991 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47001 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47010 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47015 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47019 \begin_inset Formula $\approx$
47023 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47033 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47042 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47047 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47051 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47061 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47070 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47073 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47074 % of original image width
47081 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47084 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47090 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47101 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47110 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47121 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47124 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47130 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47133 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47141 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47150 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47153 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47161 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47170 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47181 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47184 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47190 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47201 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47210 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47225 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47234 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47237 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47249 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47258 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47263 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47267 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47288 \begin_layout Chapter
47290 \begin_inset CommandInset label
47299 \begin_layout Standard
47300 The documentation is a collaborative effort between many different people
47301 (and we would encourage people to contribute!).
47304 \begin_layout Itemize
47307 Alejandro Aguilar Sierra
47310 \begin_layout Itemize
47316 \begin_layout Itemize
47322 \begin_layout Itemize
47328 \begin_layout Itemize
47334 \begin_layout Itemize
47340 \begin_layout Itemize
47346 \begin_layout Itemize
47352 \begin_layout Itemize
47355 Lars Gullik Bjønnes
47358 \begin_layout Itemize
47364 \begin_layout Itemize
47370 \begin_layout Itemize
47376 \begin_layout Itemize
47382 \begin_layout Itemize
47388 \begin_layout Itemize
47394 \begin_layout Itemize
47400 \begin_layout Itemize
47406 \begin_layout Itemize
47408 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
47417 \begin_layout Standard
47418 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
47421 The bibliography on the following page was created with the
47428 \begin_layout Bibliography
47429 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47430 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47431 LatexCommand bibitem
47438 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47441 target "http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS"
47446 \begin_inset Newline newline
47450 \begin_inset Flex URL
47453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47455 http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS
47463 \begin_layout Bibliography
47464 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47465 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47466 LatexCommand bibitem
47467 key "latexcompanion"
47471 Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:
47473 The LaTeX Companion Second Edition.
47476 Addison-Wesley, 2004
47479 \begin_layout Bibliography
47480 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47481 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47482 LatexCommand bibitem
47487 Helmut Kopka and Patrick W.
47490 A Guide to LaTeX Fourth Edition.
47493 Addison-Wesley, 2003
47496 \begin_layout Bibliography
47497 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47498 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47499 LatexCommand bibitem
47506 LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
47509 Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
47512 \begin_layout Bibliography
47513 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47514 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47515 LatexCommand bibitem
47527 Addison-Wesley, 1984
47530 \begin_layout Bibliography
47531 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47532 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47533 LatexCommand bibitem
47539 \begin_inset Newline newline
47543 \begin_inset Flex URL
47546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47548 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/bytopic.html
47556 \begin_layout Bibliography
47557 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47558 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47559 LatexCommand bibitem
47565 \begin_inset Newline newline
47569 \begin_inset Flex URL
47572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47574 http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html
47582 \begin_layout Bibliography
47583 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47584 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47585 LatexCommand bibitem
47591 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47593 name "Documentation"
47594 target "http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf"
47603 \begin_inset Newline newline
47607 \begin_inset Flex URL
47610 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47612 http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf
47620 \begin_layout Bibliography
47621 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47622 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47623 LatexCommand bibitem
47629 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47631 name "Documentation"
47632 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf"
47636 how to use the program
47641 \begin_inset Newline newline
47645 \begin_inset Flex URL
47648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47650 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf
47658 \begin_layout Bibliography
47659 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47660 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47661 LatexCommand bibitem
47667 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47669 name "Documentation"
47670 target "http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi"
47679 \begin_inset Newline newline
47683 \begin_inset Flex URL
47686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47688 http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi
47696 \begin_layout Bibliography
47697 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47698 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47699 LatexCommand bibitem
47705 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47707 name "Documentation"
47708 target "http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html"
47717 \begin_inset Newline newline
47721 \begin_inset Flex URL
47724 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47726 http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html
47734 \begin_layout Bibliography
47735 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47736 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47737 LatexCommand bibitem
47743 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47745 name "Documentation"
47746 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf"
47750 of the LaTeX-package
47755 \begin_inset Index idx
47758 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47759 LaTeX-packages ! caption
47765 \begin_inset Newline newline
47769 \begin_inset Flex URL
47772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47774 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf
47782 \begin_layout Bibliography
47783 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47784 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47785 LatexCommand bibitem
47791 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47793 name "Documentation"
47794 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/enumitem/enumitem.pdf"
47798 of the LaTeX-package
47803 \begin_inset Index idx
47806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47807 LaTeX-packages ! enumitem
47813 \begin_inset Newline newline
47817 \begin_inset Flex URL
47820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47822 http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/enumitem/enumitem.pdf
47830 \begin_layout Bibliography
47831 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47832 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47833 LatexCommand bibitem
47839 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47841 name "Documentation"
47842 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf"
47846 of the LaTeX-package
47851 \begin_inset Index idx
47854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47855 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
47861 \begin_inset Newline newline
47865 \begin_inset Flex URL
47868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47870 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf
47878 \begin_layout Bibliography
47879 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47880 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47881 LatexCommand bibitem
47889 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47891 name "Documentation"
47892 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf"
47898 of the LaTeX-package
47903 \begin_inset Index idx
47906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47907 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
47913 \begin_inset Newline newline
47917 \begin_inset Flex URL
47920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47922 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf
47930 \begin_layout Bibliography
47931 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47932 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47933 LatexCommand bibitem
47939 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47941 name "Documentation"
47942 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf"
47946 of the LaTeX-package
47951 \begin_inset Index idx
47954 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47955 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
47961 \begin_inset Newline newline
47965 \begin_inset Flex URL
47968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47970 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf
47978 \begin_layout Bibliography
47979 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47980 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47981 LatexCommand bibitem
47987 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47989 name "Documentation"
47990 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf"
47994 of the LaTeX-package
47999 \begin_inset Index idx
48002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48003 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
48009 \begin_inset Newline newline
48013 \begin_inset Flex URL
48016 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48018 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf
48026 \begin_layout Bibliography
48027 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48028 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48029 LatexCommand bibitem
48035 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48037 name "Documentation"
48038 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty"
48042 of the LaTeX-package
48047 \begin_inset Index idx
48050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48051 LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
48057 \begin_inset Newline newline
48061 \begin_inset Flex URL
48064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48066 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty
48074 \begin_layout Bibliography
48075 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48076 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48077 LatexCommand bibitem
48083 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48086 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic"
48090 how to set up LyX for Arabic:
48091 \begin_inset Newline newline
48095 \begin_inset Flex URL
48098 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48100 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic
48108 \begin_layout Bibliography
48109 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48110 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48111 LatexCommand bibitem
48117 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48120 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian"
48124 how to set up LyX for Armenian:
48125 \begin_inset Newline newline
48129 \begin_inset Flex URL
48132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48134 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian
48142 \begin_layout Bibliography
48143 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48144 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48145 LatexCommand bibitem
48151 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48154 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi"
48158 how to set up LyX for Farsi:
48159 \begin_inset Newline newline
48163 \begin_inset Flex URL
48166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48168 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi
48176 \begin_layout Bibliography
48177 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48178 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48179 LatexCommand bibitem
48185 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48188 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew"
48192 how to set up LyX for Hebrew:
48193 \begin_inset Newline newline
48197 \begin_inset Flex URL
48200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48202 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew
48210 \begin_layout Bibliography
48211 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48212 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48213 LatexCommand bibitem
48219 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48222 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese"
48226 how to set up LyX for Japanese:
48227 \begin_inset Newline newline
48231 \begin_inset Flex URL
48234 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48236 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese
48244 \begin_layout Bibliography
48245 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48246 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48247 LatexCommand bibitem
48253 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48256 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian"
48260 how to set up LyX for Latvian:
48261 \begin_inset Newline newline
48265 \begin_inset Flex URL
48268 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48270 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian
48278 \begin_layout Bibliography
48279 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48280 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48281 LatexCommand bibitem
48287 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48290 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian"
48294 how to set up LyX for Lithuanian:
48295 \begin_inset Newline newline
48299 \begin_inset Flex URL
48302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48304 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian
48312 \begin_layout Bibliography
48313 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48314 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48315 LatexCommand bibitem
48321 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48324 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian"
48328 how to set up LyX for Mongolian:
48329 \begin_inset Newline newline
48333 \begin_inset Flex URL
48336 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48338 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian
48346 \begin_layout Bibliography
48347 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48348 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48349 LatexCommand bibitem
48355 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48358 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese"
48362 how to set up LyX for Vietnamese:
48363 \begin_inset Newline newline
48367 \begin_inset Flex URL
48370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48372 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese
48380 \begin_layout Bibliography
48381 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48382 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48383 LatexCommand bibitem
48389 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48392 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX20"
48396 about new features in
48401 \begin_inset Newline newline
48405 \begin_inset Flex URL
48408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48410 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX20
48418 \begin_layout Standard
48419 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
48426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48453 \begin_inset Note Note
48456 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48463 is the name of the bibliography in the current document language.
48464 It is redefined here with the number 2 at the end to state that the following
48465 bibliography is the second one:
48473 \begin_layout Standard
48474 \begin_inset CommandInset bibtex
48475 LatexCommand bibtex
48476 bibfiles "biblio/LyXDocs"
48477 options "biblio/alphadin"
48484 \begin_layout Standard
48485 The above bibliography is created from a BibTeX-database.
48488 \begin_layout Standard
48489 \begin_inset CommandInset nomencl_print
48490 LatexCommand printnomenclature
48496 \begin_inset CommandInset index_print
48497 LatexCommand printindex